manualshive.com logo in svg

Daher TBM 900, Pilot'S Information Manual

The Daher-Socata TBM 900 Pilot's Information Manual is a comprehensive and essential resource for pilots. Packed with all the necessary details and instructions, this manual provides valuable insights for the operation and maintenance of the TBM 900 aircraft. Download this user manual for free from our website.

Share
Download
background image

Pilot's Operating Handbook

Section 1

General

Edition 0 - October 31, 2013
Rev. 4

Page 1.4.1

1.4

- Abbreviations and terminology

Meteorological terminology

ISA

:

International standard atmosphere

OAT

:

Outside air temperature

SAT

:

Static air temperature

QFE

:

Atmospheric pressure at the airport reference point.

QNH

:

Atmospheric pressure at sea level, at airplane position.

●

NOTE

●

On the ground, the altimeter will indicate zero if it is set to QFE. It will indicate

airport altitude if it is set to QNH.

●

Standard Temperature :

Is 15

°

C (59

°

F) at sea level pressure altitude and decreases by

2

°

C (3.6

°

F) for each 1000 ft of altitude.

Pressure altitude :

Is the altitude read from an altimeter when the altimeter's barometric
scale has been set to 29.92 inches of mercury (1013.2 hPa).

General airspeed terminology and symbols

KCAS

:

Knots Calibrated Airspeed is the indicated airspeed expressed in
knots corrected for position and instrument error. Knots calibrated
airspeed is equal to KTAS in standard atmosphere at sea level.

KIAS

:

Knots Indicated Airspeed is the speed shown on the airspeed
indicator and expressed in knots.

KTAS

:

Knots True Airspeed is the airspeed expressed in knots relative to
undisturbed air which is KCAS corrected for altitude and
temperature.

V

A

:

Maneuvering Speed is the maximum speed at which full or abrupt
control movements may be used.

V

FE

:

Maximum Flap Extended Speed is the highest speed permissible
with wing flaps in a prescribed extended position.

V

LE

:

Maximum Landing Gear Extended Speed is the maximum speed at
which an airplane can be safely flown with the landing gear
extended.

PIM - DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS

Summary of Contents for TBM 900

Page 1: ...rating Handbook The content of this document is the property of DAHER AEROSPACE It is supplied in confidence and commercial security of its contents must be maintained It must not be used for any purpose other than that for which it is supplied nor may information contained in it be disclosed to unauthorized persons It must not be reproduced nor transmitted in any form in whole or in part without ...

Page 2: ... 2013 Rev 4 Page 0 6 Table of contents Section General 1 Limitations 2 Emergency procedures 3 Normal procedures 4 Performance 5 Weight and balance 6 Description 7 Airplane handling servicing and maintenance 8 Supplements 9 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 3: ...EC 17 0 6 0 4 DEC 17 0 7 0 4 DEC 17 0 8 0 4 DEC 17 0 9 0 4 DEC 17 0 10 0 4 DEC 17 0 11 0 4 DEC 17 0 12 0 4 DEC 17 0 13 0 4 DEC 17 0 14 0 4 DEC 17 0 15 0 4 DEC 17 0 16 0 4 DEC 17 0 17 0 4 DEC 17 0 18 0 4 DEC 17 0 19 0 4 DEC 17 0 20 0 5 APR 19 0 21 0 5 APR 19 0 22 0 5 APR 19 0 23 0 6 FEB 20 0 24 0 6 FEB 20 0 25 0 6 FEB 20 0 26 0 6 FEB 20 0 27 0 6 FEB 20 0 28 0 6 FEB 20 0 29 0 6 FEB 20 0 30 0 6 FEB 2...

Page 4: ...0 4 DEC 17 2 2 2 0 4 DEC 17 2 3 1 0 6 FEB 20 2 3 2 0 6 FEB 20 2 3 3 0 5 APR 19 2 3 4 0 6 FEB 20 2 4 1 0 4 DEC 17 2 4 2 0 4 DEC 17 2 5 1 0 4 DEC 17 2 5 2 0 4 DEC 17 2 6 1 0 4 DEC 17 2 6 2 0 6 FEB 20 2 6 3 0 6 FEB 20 2 6 4 0 6 FEB 20 2 6 5 0 6 FEB 20 2 6 6 0 6 FEB 20 2 6 7 0 6 FEB 20 2 6 8 0 6 FEB 20 2 6 9 0 6 FEB 20 2 6 10 0 6 FEB 20 2 6 11 0 6 FEB 20 2 6 12 0 6 FEB 20 2 6 13 0 6 FEB 20 2 6 14 0 6 ...

Page 5: ...0 4 DEC 17 3 5 3 0 4 DEC 17 3 5 4 0 4 DEC 17 3 5 5 0 4 DEC 17 3 5 6 0 4 DEC 17 3 6 1 0 4 DEC 17 3 6 2 0 4 DEC 17 3 6 3 0 4 DEC 17 3 6 4 0 4 DEC 17 3 7 1 0 4 DEC 17 3 7 2 0 4 DEC 17 3 7 3 0 4 DEC 17 3 7 4 0 4 DEC 17 3 7 5 0 4 DEC 17 3 7 6 0 4 DEC 17 3 7 7 0 4 DEC 17 3 7 8 0 4 DEC 17 3 7 9 0 4 DEC 17 3 7 10 0 4 DEC 17 3 7 11 0 4 DEC 17 3 7 12 0 4 DEC 17 3 7 13 0 4 DEC 17 3 7 14 0 4 DEC 17 3 7 15 0 4...

Page 6: ...4 DEC 17 3 12 10 0 4 DEC 17 3 12 11 0 4 DEC 17 3 12 12 0 4 DEC 17 3 12 13 0 6 FEB 20 3 12 14 0 4 DEC 17 3 12 15 0 4 DEC 17 3 12 16 0 4 DEC 17 3 12 17 0 4 DEC 17 3 12 18 0 4 DEC 17 3 12 19 0 4 DEC 17 3 12 20 0 5 APR 19 3 12 21 0 4 DEC 17 3 12 22 0 4 DEC 17 3 12 23 0 5 APR 19 3 12 24 0 4 DEC 17 3 12 25 0 4 DEC 17 3 12 26 0 4 DEC 17 3 12 27 0 4 DEC 17 3 12 28 0 4 DEC 17 4 0 1 0 4 DEC 17 4 0 2 0 6 FEB...

Page 7: ... 4 37 0 4 DEC 17 4 4 38 0 5 APR 19 4 4 39 0 4 DEC 17 4 4 40 0 4 DEC 17 4 4 41 0 4 DEC 17 4 4 42 0 5 APR 19 4 4 43 0 4 DEC 17 4 4 44 0 4 DEC 17 4 4 45 0 6 FEB 20 4 4 46 0 4 DEC 17 4 4 47 0 4 DEC 17 4 4 48 0 4 DEC 17 4 4 49 0 4 DEC 17 4 4 50 0 4 DEC 17 4 4 51 0 4 DEC 17 4 4 52 0 4 DEC 17 4 4 53 0 4 DEC 17 4 4 54 0 4 DEC 17 4 4 55 0 4 DEC 17 4 4 56 0 4 DEC 17 4 4 57 0 4 DEC 17 4 4 58 0 4 DEC 17 4 4 5...

Page 8: ... 17 5 8 5 0 4 DEC 17 5 8 6 0 4 DEC 17 5 8 7 0 6 FEB 20 5 8 8 0 6 FEB 20 5 8 9 0 6 FEB 20 5 8 10 0 6 FEB 20 5 9 1 0 4 DEC 17 5 9 2 0 6 FEB 20 5 9 3 0 6 FEB 20 5 9 4 0 6 FEB 20 5 10 1 0 6 FEB 20 5 10 2 0 6 FEB 20 5 10 3 0 6 FEB 20 5 10 4 0 6 FEB 20 5 10 5 0 6 FEB 20 5 10 6 0 6 FEB 20 5 10 7 0 6 FEB 20 5 10 8 0 6 FEB 20 5 10 9 0 6 FEB 20 5 10 10 0 6 FEB 20 5 11 1 0 6 FEB 20 5 11 2 0 6 FEB 20 5 11 3 0...

Page 9: ... 4 DEC 17 6 4 14 0 4 DEC 17 6 4 15 0 4 DEC 17 6 4 16 0 4 DEC 17 6 4 17 0 4 DEC 17 6 4 18 0 5 APR 19 6 4 19 0 5 APR 19 6 4 20 0 4 DEC 17 6 5 1 0 5 APR 19 6 5 2 0 4 DEC 17 7 0 1 0 4 DEC 17 7 0 2 0 6 FEB 20 7 0 3 0 6 FEB 20 7 0 4 0 4 DEC 17 7 1 1 0 5 APR 19 7 1 2 0 4 DEC 17 7 2 1 0 4 DEC 17 7 2 2 0 4 DEC 17 7 2 3 0 4 DEC 17 7 2 4 0 4 DEC 17 7 2 5 0 4 DEC 17 7 2 6 0 4 DEC 17 7 2 7 0 4 DEC 17 7 2 8 0 4...

Page 10: ... 0 4 DEC 17 7 4 15 0 4 DEC 17 7 4 16 0 4 DEC 17 7 5 1 0 4 DEC 17 7 5 2 0 4 DEC 17 7 5 3 0 4 DEC 17 7 5 4 0 4 DEC 17 7 5 5 0 4 DEC 17 7 5 6 0 4 DEC 17 7 5 7 0 4 DEC 17 7 5 8 0 4 DEC 17 7 5 9 0 6 FEB 20 7 5 10 0 4 DEC 17 7 5 11 0 6 FEB 20 7 5 12 0 4 DEC 17 7 6 1 0 4 DEC 17 7 6 2 0 4 DEC 17 7 6 3 0 4 DEC 17 7 6 4 0 4 DEC 17 7 6 5 0 4 DEC 17 7 6 6 0 4 DEC 17 7 6 7 0 5 APR 19 7 6 8 0 4 DEC 17 7 6 9 0 4...

Page 11: ...7 9 20 0 6 FEB 20 7 9 21 0 6 FEB 20 7 9 22 0 6 FEB 20 7 10 1 0 4 DEC 17 7 10 2 0 4 DEC 17 7 10 3 0 4 DEC 17 7 10 4 0 4 DEC 17 7 10 5 0 4 DEC 17 7 10 6 0 4 DEC 17 7 10 7 0 6 FEB 20 7 10 8 0 6 FEB 20 7 11 1 0 6 FEB 20 7 11 2 0 4 DEC 17 7 11 3 0 4 DEC 17 7 11 4 0 4 DEC 17 7 11 5 0 4 DEC 17 7 11 6 0 4 DEC 17 7 12 1 0 4 DEC 17 7 12 2 0 4 DEC 17 7 12 3 0 4 DEC 17 7 12 4 0 4 DEC 17 7 13 1 0 4 DEC 17 7 13...

Page 12: ...0 4 DEC 17 8 7 6 0 4 DEC 17 8 7 7 0 4 DEC 17 8 7 8 0 4 DEC 17 8 7 9 0 4 DEC 17 8 7 10 0 4 DEC 17 8 7 11 0 4 DEC 17 8 7 12 0 4 DEC 17 8 7 13 0 4 DEC 17 8 7 14 0 4 DEC 17 8 8 1 0 4 DEC 17 8 8 2 0 6 FEB 20 8 9 1 0 4 DEC 17 8 9 2 0 4 DEC 17 8 9 3 0 4 DEC 17 8 9 4 0 4 DEC 17 8 9 5 0 4 DEC 17 8 9 6 0 4 DEC 17 8 9 7 0 4 DEC 17 8 9 8 0 4 DEC 17 8 9 9 0 4 DEC 17 8 9 10 0 4 DEC 17 8 9 11 0 4 DEC 17 8 9 12 0...

Page 13: ... and entry dimensions 1 3 4 Specific loadings 1 3 4 1 4 Abbreviations and terminology 1 4 1 Meteorological terminology 1 4 1 General airspeed terminology and symbols 1 4 1 Power terminology 1 4 2 Airplane performance and flight planning terminology 1 4 3 Weight and balance terminology 1 4 3 General abbreviations 1 4 4 Radio navigation abbreviations 1 4 8 1 5 Conversion factors 1 5 1 1 6 Pressure a...

Page 14: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 1 General Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 1 0 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 15: ...N integrated Flight Deck Pilot s Guide it states the one described in section 2 1 Whenever this POH refers to the ESI 2000 Pilot s Guide it states the one described in section 2 1 The general information for complex optional systems are given in section 9 Supplements of the POH Part 135 operations For 14 CFR 135 operations TBM airplane alternative source of electric power is able to supply 150 per...

Page 16: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 1 General Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 1 1 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 17: ...book Section 1 General Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 1 2 1 1 2 Three view drawing Figure 1 2 1 1 2 Three view drawing Airplane on level field with fully extended FWD shock absorber PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 18: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 1 General Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 1 2 2 Figure 1 2 1 2 2 Three view drawing PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 19: ...ype 1 gas generator turbine stage 2 power turbines stages Horsepower rating and propeller speed 850 SHP at 2000 RPM Propeller Number of propellers 1 Propeller manufacturer HARTZELL Propeller model number HC E5N 3C NC8834K Number of blades 5 Propeller diameter Minimum 90 inches 2 286 m Maximum 91 inches 2 311 m Propeller type Adjustable constant speed with feathering and hydraulic control reverse P...

Page 20: ...ly AVGAS shall not be used for more than 150 cumulative hours during any period between engine overhaul periods NOTE Use of AVGAS to be recorded in engine module logbook US specification US French specification FR English specification UK NATO code ASTM D1655 JET A ASTM D1655 JET A1 ASTM D1655 JET B AIR 3405C Grade F35 DERD 2494 Issue 9 F35 without additive MIL DTL 5624 Grade JP 4 AIR 3407B DERD 2...

Page 21: ...ation NATO code 5cSt MIL PRF 23699G O 156 STD O 154 HTS Figure 1 3 2 Recommended engine oil types Reference Service Bulletin P W C No 14001 at the latest revision Maximum certificated weights Ramp 7430 lbs 3370 kg Takeoff 7394 lbs 3354 kg Landing 7024 lbs 3186 kg Baggage weight refer to section 2 paragraph 2 5 for weight and C G limits refer to section 6 for cargo loading instructions Standard air...

Page 22: ... Maximum cabin height 4 ft 1 22 m Number of cabin entries 1 standard 1 pilot door if installed Entry width standard 3 ft 6 52 in 1 08 m Entry height standard 3 ft 10 85 in 1 19 m Pilot entry mean width 2 ft 3 6 in 0 70 m Pilot entry mean height 3 ft 2 16 in 0 97 m Specific loadings Wing loading 38 16 lbs sq ft 186 3 kg m2 Power loading 8 7 lbs SHP 3 95 kg SHP PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 23: ...een set to 29 92 inches of mercury 1013 2 hPa General airspeed terminology and symbols KCAS Knots Calibrated Airspeed is the indicated airspeed expressed in knots corrected for position and instrument error Knots calibrated airspeed is equal to KTAS in standard atmosphere at sea level KIAS Knots Indicated Airspeed is the speed shown on the airspeed indicator and expressed in knots KTAS Knots True ...

Page 24: ...est possible horizontal distance VY Best Rate of Climb Speed is the airspeed which delivers the greatest gain in altitude in the shortest possible time Power terminology Recovery altitude Maximum altitude at which it is possible in standard temperature to maintain a specified power Overheated start Engine start or attempt to start which causes the interturbine temperature to be higher than the max...

Page 25: ... Reference datum Datum perpendicular to the longitudinal airplane centerline from which all distances are measured for balance purpose Arm Is the distance from the reference datum to the center of gravity C G of an item Moment Is the product of the weight of an item multiplied by its arm Center of gravity C G Airplane balance point Its distance from the reference datum is found by dividing thetota...

Page 26: ...General abbreviations A Ampere or Amber ADC Air Data Computer AGL Above ground level AIL TRIM Aileron trim ALT SEL Altitude selector ALTI Altimeter AMP Ampere AP Autopilot ATIS Automatic terminal information service AUTO SEL Automatic selector AUX BP Auxiliary boost pump BAT Battery BAT OVERHEAT Battery overheat only with Cadmium Nickel battery BRT Brightness CAS Crew Alerting System C Celsius deg...

Page 27: ...ior lightings F Fahrenheit degree FCU Fuel control unit FL Flight level FOB Fuel On Board FPL Flight Plan ft Feet ft min Feet per minute G Green GIFD Garmin Integrated Flight Deck HI High HP High pressure hPa Hectopascal hr Hour HTR Heater IGNIT Ignition in Inch inches INERT SEP Inertial separator INDIC Indicator in Hg Inch of mercury INT LIGHTS Interior lightings INSTR Instrument ITT Interturbine...

Page 28: ...R Landing gear LFE Landing Field Elevation LRCR Long Range Cruise LO Low LP Low pressure LRN Long range navigation LTS TEST Lightings test m Metre m a c or MAC Mean aerodynamic chord MAIN GEN Main generation MAN Manual MAN OVRD Manual override MAX RPM Maximum revolutions per minute MDA Minimum Descent Altitude MFD Multi function Display MIN Minimum min Minute mm Millimetre MLW Maximum Landing Weig...

Page 29: ...ise recommended NORM Normal PFD Primary Flight Display PHF Plan Horizontal Fixe Horizontal stabilizer PRESS Pressure PROP Propeller psi Pounds per square inch PSIG Pounds per Square Inch Gage qt Quart USG QTY Quantity R or R H Right RUD Rudder s or sec Second SEL Selector SIG Signalization SL Sea level S N Serial number SPKR Speaker ST BY Stand by STALL HTR Stall heater Std Standard T Temperature ...

Page 30: ...ference System AIRAC Aeronautical Information Regulation and Control ATC Air Traffic Control B RNAV Basic aRea NAVigation CDI Course Deviation Indicator COM Communications Transceivers DME Distance Measuring Equipment ELT Emergency Locator Transmitter ESI Electronic Standby Instrument FDE Fault Detection and Exclusion FMS Flight Management System GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System GPS Global ...

Page 31: ...equired Navigation Performance SBAS Satellite Based Augmentation System STAR Standard Terminal Arrival Route TAS Traffic Advisory System TAWS Terrain Awareness Warning System VFR Visual Flight Rules VHF Very High Frequency VMC Visual Meteorological Conditions V NAV Vertical NAVigation VOR VHF Omnidirectional Range VOR LOC VHF Omnidirectional Range LOCalizer WAAS Wide Area Augmentation System WFDE ...

Page 32: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 1 General Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 1 4 10 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 33: ...c units Metric units to Imperial and U S units Multiply By To obtain Multiply By To obtain feet 0 3048 metre metre 3 2808 feet inch 25 4 mm mm 0 03937 Inch Imp Gal 4 546 litre litre 0 220 Imp Gal USG 3 785 litre litre 0 264 USG lb 0 45359 kg kg 2 2046 lb Figure 1 5 1 Imperial and U S units to metric units PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 34: ... Operating Handbook Section 1 General Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 1 5 2 Figure 1 5 2 Feet versus metres metres 30000 20000 10000 0 feet 2500 5000 7500 10000 31000 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 35: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 1 General Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 1 5 3 Figure 1 5 3 Inches versus millimetres mm 10 0 in 250 500 750 1000 20 30 40 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 36: ...t s Operating Handbook Section 1 General Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 1 5 4 Figure 1 5 4 Pounds versus kilograms 1000 2000 3000 2000 6000 4000 0 kg lb 4000 8000 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 37: ...0 942 1 11 0 51 8 4000 875 0 7 0 44 6 6000 811 9 3 1 37 6 8000 752 6 0 8 30 5 10000 696 8 4 8 23 4 12000 644 3 8 7 16 2 14000 595 2 12 7 9 2 16000 549 1 16 6 2 2 18000 505 9 20 6 5 0 20000 465 6 24 6 12 4 22000 427 8 28 5 19 3 24000 392 6 32 5 26 5 26000 359 8 36 5 33 6 28000 329 3 40 4 40 7 30000 300 8 44 4 47 8 31000 287 4 46 4 51 6 Figure 1 6 1 Standard atmosphere PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPER...

Page 38: ... 12 987 29 15 988 29 18 989 29 20 990 29 23 991 29 26 992 29 29 993 29 32 994 29 35 995 29 38 996 29 41 997 29 44 998 29 47 999 29 50 1000 29 53 1001 29 56 1002 29 59 1003 29 62 1004 29 65 1005 29 68 1006 29 71 1007 29 74 1008 29 77 1009 29 80 1010 29 83 1011 29 85 1012 29 88 1013 29 91 1014 29 94 1015 29 97 1016 30 00 1017 30 03 1018 30 06 1019 30 09 1020 30 12 1021 30 15 1022 30 18 1023 30 21 10...

Page 39: ...on limits 2 6 1 Maneuver limits 2 6 1 Temperature limits 2 6 1 Flight load factor limits 2 6 1 Generator limits 2 6 2 GFC 700 autopilot limits 2 6 2 GNSS GPS SBAS navigation equipment approvals 2 6 2 GNSS GPS SBAS navigation system limitations 2 6 6 Icing conditions 2 6 7 Severe icing conditions 2 6 8 Flap operating envelope 2 6 9 Reverse utilization 2 6 9 Equipment required depending on type of o...

Page 40: ... 7 1 Baggage limits 2 7 1 Minimum crew 2 7 1 Maximum occupancy 2 7 1 Use of doors 2 7 1 Chemical toilet cabinet if installed 2 7 1 Cargo net installation limits 2 7 2 2 8 Markings 2 8 1 Airspeed Indicator on PFD s 2 8 1 Standby airspeed Indicator 2 8 1 Pressurization 2 8 2 Engine instruments 2 8 3 2 9 Placards 2 9 1 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 41: ...ion as applicable must be permanently kept in the airplane with the POH Departure into IMC is not authorized if the ESI 2000 battery symbol is present with an amber battery symbol less than 1 hour remaining or an amber or red X over the battery symbol or a CAL DUE message by the battery symbol This section of the airplane POH presents the various operating limitations the significance of such limi...

Page 42: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 2 Limitations EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 2 1 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 43: ...speed 160 158 Do not make abrupt or full control movements above this speed VFE Maximum flaps extended speed landing configuration takeoff configuration 120 180 122 178 Do not exceed these speeds depending on flaps position VLO Maximum landing gear operating speed extension retraction emergency extension 180 151 151 178 150 150 Do not extend or retract landing gear above this speed VLE Maximum lan...

Page 44: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 2 Limitations EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 2 2 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 45: ...HITNEY CANADA Engine model number PT6A 66D Maximum power 100 at Np 2000 RPM Ng limitation 104 1 Np limitation 2000 RPM 40 RPM ITT limitations Takeoff 850 C Maximum climb cruise 840 C During start 840 C no duration limitation 870 C for 20 seconds max 1000 C for 5 seconds max CAUTION When normally operating refer to chapter 5 8 Engine operation tables PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 46: ...150 and 170 psi is available with software system 079 14 or later Normal oil pressure is 100 to 135 psi Oil pressures under 100 psi are undesirable Under emergency conditions to complete a flight a lower oil pressure of 60 psi is permitted at reduced power level not exceeding 80 torque Oil pressures below 60 psi are unsafe and require that either the engine be shut down or a landingbe made as soon...

Page 47: ...additive in accordance with specification MIL I 27686 or MIL I 85470 Additive concentrations EGME or DIEGME shall be comprised between a minimum of 0 06 and a maximum of 0 15 by volume Refer to section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance for additional information CAUTION The use of aviation gasoline AVGAS must be restricted to emergency purposes only AVGAS shall not be used for more than 150 cum...

Page 48: ...04C Grade F44 DERD 2452 Issue 2 Amdt 1 F44 with additive when utilization MIL DTL 83133 Grade JP 8 AIR 3405C Grade F34 DERD 2453 Issue 4 Amdt 1 F34 with additive S748 AIR 3404C Grade F43 DERD 2498 Issue 7 F43 without additive Figure 2 3 1 Recommended fuel types Reference Service Bulletin P W C No 14004 Propeller Number of propellers 1 Propeller manufacturer HARTZELL Propeller model number HC E5N 3...

Page 49: ...Starter operation limits Starter operation sequence is limited as follows if Ng 30 30 seconds if Ng 30 60 seconds Should several sequences be necessary respect following spacing 1st sequence wait 1 minute 2nd sequence wait 5 minutes 3rd sequence wait 30 minutes 4th sequence PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 50: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 2 Limitations EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 2 4 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 51: ...3354 kg Maximum landing weight MLW 7024 lbs 3186 kg Maximum zero fuel weight MZFW 6032 lbs 2736 kg Maximum baggage weight in FWD compartment non pressurized 110 lbs 50 kg With 6 seat accommodation in rear part of pressurized cabin 220 lbs 100 kg With 4 seat accommodation in rear part of pressurized cabin 396 lbs 180 kg with small or large net see sketch below Figure 2 5 1 Baggage limits PIM DO NOT...

Page 52: ...g 20 85 of m a c 187 in 4 752 m aft of datum at all weights above 7024 lbs 3186 kg 23 8 of m a c Aft limits 193 65 in 4 921 m aft of datum at 7394 lbs 3354 kg 35 of m a c 194 in 4 928 m aft of datum at 6986 lbs 3169 kg 35 5 of m a c Reference datum 118 1 in 3 m in front of the firewall front face Straight line variation between points Leveling point Cabin floor rails NOTE It is the responsibility ...

Page 53: ... which the angle of bank is no more than 60 WARNING Aerobatic maneuvers including spins are not approved Temperature limits Minimum temperature at start and takeoff 40 C 40 F Maximum temperature at start and takeoff ISA 37 C 67 F from 0 to 8000 ft pressure altitude Maximum temperature in flight ISA 37 C 67 F from 0 to 8000 ft pressure altitude ISA 30 C 54 F above 8000 ft pressure altitude Flight l...

Page 54: ...pment approvals The GARMIN GNSS navigation system installed in this airplane is a GPS system with a Satellite Based Augmentation System SBAS comprised of two TSO C145a or later Class 3 approved GARMIN GIAs TSO C146a Class 3 approved GARMIN GDUs Display Units GARMIN GA36 and GA37 antennas GPS software version 5 0 or later approved version is installed in this airplane in accordance with AC 20 138A ...

Page 55: ...bility is 34 minutes 1 Two GNSS systems requi red to be operational 2 FAA AC 90 105A R A1 Additional com munication and surveillance equipment may be required to obtain ope rational approval to utilize RNP 10 RNAV 10 perfor mance En route continental Arrival RNAV 5 formerly desig nated as B RNAV One GNSS system requi red to be operational JAA AMJ 20X2 R B2 En route Oceanic and Remote continental C...

Page 56: ...equired to obtain ope rational approval to utilize RNP 2 performance Departure Arrival RNP 1 with and without RF legs At a minimum the flight director must be displayed and utilized when conducting procedures containing RF legs FAA AC 90 105A R O2 Includes RNP terminal departure and arrival pro cedures This includes pro cedures with Radius to Fix legs RF legs Approach RNP APCH LNAV minima with and...

Page 57: ... website www raimprediction net or by contacting a Flight Service Station Within Europe using Europe s AUGUR GPS RAIM Prediction Tool at http augur ecacnav com augur app home Note 2 A BOTH ON GPS1 or BOTH ON GPS2 system annunciation does not necessarily mean that one GPS has failed Refer to the MFD GPS STATUS page to determine the state of the unused GPS General considerations The route planning a...

Page 58: ...mation to report Navigation database discrepancies can be found at www Garmin com Support Contact Garmin Support Aviation Pilots and operators can view navigation data base alerts at www Garmin com In the Air NavData Alerts RNP APCH including GPS or GPS RNAV GPS and RNAV GNSS instrument approaches using the Garmin integrated flight deck are prohibited unless the pilot verifies and uses the current...

Page 59: ...ory vertical guidance provided for assistance in maintaining a constant vertical glidepath similar to an ILS glideslope on approach This guidance is displayed on the PFD in the same location as the ILS glideslope using a magenta diamond In all cases where LNAV V is indicated by the system during an approach LNAV minima shall be used Use of the GARMIN GPS SBAS receivers to provide navigation guidan...

Page 60: ...ns supercooled liquid water and ice crystals may result in ice build up on protected surfaces exceeding the capability of the ice protection system or may result in ice forming aft of the protected surfaces This ice may not be shed using the ice protection systems and may seriously degrade the performance and controllability of the airplane During flight severe icing conditions that exceed those f...

Page 61: ...ht on ground if the engine is not running Equipment required depending on type of operation The airplane is approved for day night VFR and day night IFR operations when appropriate equipment is installed and operating correctly The type certification for each use requires the following equipment The equipment must be installed and operate perfectly according to the indicated type of use CAUTION It...

Page 62: ...selector OFF Fuel auxiliary pump ON L H and R H fuel tank low level Non functioning of fuel timer Battery stop Main generator OFF Low voltage Ground power unit connected Inertial separator Starter Ignition Flaps Landing gears and doors 3 Aural warning VMO warning Landing gear warning Stall warning 4 Engine instruments Torquemeter Propeller tachometer Interturbine temperature indicator ITT Gas gene...

Page 63: ...auxiliary Fuel shut off valve Fuel timer Starter generator Inertial separator Stall warning Electrical aileron trim Electrical rudder trim Manual elevator pitch trim Engine ignition Landing gear electro hydraulic unit Landing gear emergency hydraulic pump manual Flaps Overspeed regulator Electrical feathering Battery 7 Miscellaneous Seats each occupant Belts each occupant Straps each occupant Pilo...

Page 64: ...rument panel lighting 5 Emergency lighting 6 Vertical speed indicator 7 Navigation lights 4 8 Anticollision lights 2 9 Landing light IFR 1 All equipment required for day VFR 2 All equipment required for night VFR if flight is performed during night 3 Taxi light if flight is performed during night 4 Clock 5 2nd altimeter 6 Emergency static source 7 Pitot static tube deicing PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGH...

Page 65: ...n control valve 5 Safety valve 6 Pressurization control 7 Maximum cabin altitude and pressure warning light Flight into icing conditions 1 All equipment required for IFR flight 2 Propeller deicing 3 L H windshield deicing 4 Airframe stabilizer and elevator horn deicing 5 Wing leading edge inspection light if night flight 6 Stall warning deicing 7 Inertial separator 8 Garmin annunciation Airspeed P...

Page 66: ...e with applicable operating rules Each operator must ensure compliance with required crew training and operating practices and procedures Moreover the following equipment must be installed and operating normally upon entering RVSM airspace Pilot and R H station primary altimeters Autopilot Altitude alerter ATC transponder NOTE Any changes to the pitot static air data computer autopilot altitude al...

Page 67: ...l supplementary procedures for SSR mode S enhanced surveillance in designatedeuropean airspace The capability totransmit data parameters is shown in column 2 Parameter Available A Not available NA Magnetic heading A Indicated airspeed A Mach No A Vertical rate A Roll angle A True airspeed A True track angle A Groundspeed A Selected altitude A Barometric pressure setting A PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT...

Page 68: ... means for navigation or flight guidance The airplane symbol is not to be used for conducting instrument approaches or departures and it should not be relied upon during low visibility taxi operations Position accuracy orientation and related guidance must be assured by other means of required navigation Operators must have back up charts available to the flight crew Database currency must be veri...

Page 69: ...rized cabin at 303 in 7 695 m Baggage in non pressurized forward section at 128 in 3 250 m Minimum crew One pilot Maximum occupancy Thenumber of persons on board is limited by approved seating configurationinstalled but must not exceed six including the pilot The number of persons must be less than or equal to the number of seats Use of doors Flight with door open or ajar is prohibited Chemical to...

Page 70: ... 7 2 Cargo net installation limits Small cargo net maximum loading height 28 in 710 mm Large cargo net maximum loading height 22 in 565 mm in cabin out of baggage compartment CAUTION No item may extend forward of the cargo net system to protect door from obstruction PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 71: ...reen strip 122 266 Normal operating airspeed range Red white barber pole strip Above 266 266 VMO Figure 2 8 1 Airspeed indicator markings Standby airspeed indicator Markings and their color code significance are shown in figure 2 8 2 Marking KIAS Value or range Significance Red strip Below 65 White strip 65 122 Full flap operating range Lower limit is maximum weight VSO in landing configuration Gr...

Page 72: ...k Section 2 Limitations EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 2 8 2 Pressurization Marking Value Significance Red line 6 2 psi Cabin P limit Figure 2 8 3 Pressurization marking PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 73: ... 32 F 104 to 110 C 219 2 to 230 F 0 to 104 C 32 to 219 2 F 110 C 230 F Oil pressure 60 psi 60 to 100 psi 100 to 135 psi 135 psi red line normal limit Generator RPM Ng 51 to 104 104 Propeller RPM Np 450 to 1000 RPM 1950 to 2050 RPM 2050 RPM ITT Engine start or off 840 to 1090 C 1544 to 1994 F 400 to 840 C 752 to 1544 F 840 C 1544 F normal limit 870 C 1598 F 20 seconds limit 1090 C 1994 F red line a...

Page 74: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 2 Limitations EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 2 8 4 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 75: ...ass and on windshield post For N 30 60 E 120 150 Steer For S 210 240 W 300 330 Steer DATE RADIO ON 3 On pressurized baggage compartment partition wall 100 kg 220 lbs MAXIMUM IT IS THE PILOT S RESPONSIBILITY TO CHECK THAT ALL THE BAGGAGES ARE PROPERLY SECURED FOR LOADING INSTRUCTIONS SEE WEIGHT AND BALANCE DATA IN PILOT S OPERATING HANDBOOK PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 76: ...small cargo net on frame C13bis 3 b For the large cargo net on R H side upholstery panel in the rear baggage compartment 3 c On FWD baggage compartment door frame non pressurized 50 kg 110 lbs MAXIMUM FOR LOADING INSTRUCTIONS SEE WEIGHT AND BALANCE DATA IN PILOT S OPERATING HANDBOOK PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 77: ...lot s Operating Handbook Section 2 Limitations EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 6 Page 2 9 3 4 On pedestal console 5 On fuel selector 6 Near fuel tank caps PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 78: ...n internal face of L H engine cowling Oil system capacity 12 l 12 7 qt 8 On landing gear emergency control access door LDG GEAR EMERGENCY ACCESS PULL 9 Under window at L H Intermediate seat 10 On rear passenger s table casing TABLE MUST BE STOWED DURING TAKEOFF AND LANDING PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 79: ...ection 2 Limitations EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 2 9 5 11 Under R H control wheel 12 On nose gear door 13 On nose gear leg NOSE LANDING GEAR TIRE PRESSURE 6 5 bar 94 psi PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 80: ...age 2 9 6 14 On main gear leg MAIN LANDING GEAR TIRE PRESSURE 8 96 bar 130 psi 15 On engine cowling in front of compartment door EXTERNAL POWER 28 VOLTS D C NOMINAL 800 AMP STARTING CAPACITY MIN DO NOT EXCEED 1000 AMP 16 On pilot door External side if installed PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 81: ...ons EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 2 9 7 17 On access door External side 18 On outer fuselage skin aft of access door and in the cabin forward of access door 19 On access door Internal side PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 82: ...ok Section 2 Limitations EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 2 9 8 20 On pilot door Internal side if installed 21 On emergency exit handle Marking on cover Marking on handle PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 83: ...2013 Rev 4 Page 2 9 9 22 On last step of stairs STAIRS MAX LOAD ONE PERSON 23 On R H access door jamb 24 On R H side at front seat level and on the first rear passengers masks container R H side on the ceiling 25 On rear passengers masks containers PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 84: ...4 Page 2 9 10 26 On internal face of the oxygen cylinder service door 27 On the oxygen service door 28 On emergency locator transmitter inspection door 29 On the potty seat curtain if installed on pilot s side CURTAIN MUST BE STOWED FOR TAKE OFF AND LANDING PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 85: ...k Section 2 Limitations EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 6 Page 2 9 11 Airplane equipped with coat hanger Post MOD70 0557 25C 30 On the L H rear cargo compartment panel upper edge PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 86: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 2 Limitations EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 6 Page 2 9 12 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 87: ... BAT AMP 3 9 3 BAT OFF 3 9 3 BLEED TEMP 3 10 1 BLEED OFF 3 10 2 CABIN ALTITUDE Pre MOD70 0407 00D 3 10 4 CABIN ALTITUDE and USE OXYGEN MASK Post MOD70 0407 00D 3 10 5 CABIN ALTITUDE and USE OXYGEN MASK and EDM Post MOD70 0407 00D and Pre MOD70 0657 34 3 10 6 CABIN DIFF PRESS 3 10 9 CHIP 3 3 11 CPCS BACKUP MODE 3 10 3 DOOR 3 10 12 EDM Post MOD70 0657 34 3 10 7 EDM OVERRIDE Post MOD70 0407 00D 3 10 ...

Page 88: ...10 LOW LVL FAIL L 3 8 7 LOW LVL FAIL R 3 8 7 LOW VOLTAGE 3 9 5 MAIN GEN 3 9 4 MAIN GEN and LOW VOLTAGE 3 9 6 MAX DIFF MODE 7 9 6 NG HI 3 3 11 OIL PRESS 3 3 4 OIL TEMP 3 3 12 OXYGEN 3 10 11 PARK BRAKE 7 5 9 PITOT HT ON L 7 13 3 PITOT HT ON R 7 13 3 PITOT NO HT L 3 11 6 PITOT NO HT R 3 11 6 PROP DEICE FAIL 3 11 2 PROP DEICE ON 7 13 2 STALL HEAT ON 7 13 3 STALL NO HEAT 3 11 7 STARTER 4 4 26 USP ACTIV...

Page 89: ...ason 3 2 2 3 3 Engine failures 3 3 1 Engine failure before rotation 3 3 1 Engine failure after rotation 3 3 1 Engine failure in flight 3 3 3 OIL PRESS or OIL PRESS 3 3 4 Engine regulation discrepancy power loss throttle control loss 3 3 5 Governor control not operating 3 3 8 Excessive propeller rotation speed 3 3 8 Engine does not stop on ground 3 3 9 ITT 3 3 10 CHIP 3 3 11 NG HI 3 3 11 OIL TEMP 3...

Page 90: ...aps gear 3 7 1 Forced landing 3 7 1 Tire blowout during landing 3 7 2 FLAPS ASYM 3 7 3 Flaps malfunction 3 7 4 Landing with flaps malfunction 3 7 4 Landing gear retraction discrepancy 3 7 5 Landing gear extension discrepancy 3 7 6 Emergency gear extension 3 7 7 Landing with unlocked main landing gear 3 7 10 Landing with defective nose landing gear down unlocked or not down 3 7 12 Landing with gear...

Page 91: ...essurization and air conditioning 3 10 1 BLEED TEMP 3 10 1 BLEED OFF 3 10 2 CPCS BACKUP MODE 3 10 3 CABIN ALTITUDE Pre MOD70 0407 00D 3 10 4 CABIN ALTITUDE and USE OXYGEN MASK Post MOD70 0407 00D 3 10 5 CABIN ALTITUDE and USE OXYGEN MASK and EDM Post MOD70 0407 00D and Pre MOD70 0657 34 3 10 6 EDM Post MOD70 0657 34 3 10 7 EDM OVERRIDE Post MOD70 0407 00D 3 10 8 CABIN DIFF PRESS 3 10 9 Cabin not d...

Page 92: ...acon ELT use 3 12 4 Inadvertent spins 3 12 5 Stall warning sound 3 12 6 AURAL WRN FAIL Post MOD70 0407 00D 3 12 7 AURAL WRN 1 CHNL Post MOD70 0407 00D 3 12 8 Oxygen use Pre MOD70 0407 00D 3 12 9 Oxygen use Post MOD70 0407 00D 3 12 11 Airspeed indicating system failure 3 12 13 Flight into severe icing conditions 3 12 14 FRONT CARGO DOOR 3 12 15 GPU DOOR 3 12 16 IGNITION 3 12 17 AP ON YD OFF 3 12 18...

Page 93: ...ussed here this information is not intended to replace such training but only to provide a source of reference and review It is important for the pilot to be familiar with standard emergency procedures Alarm system recall Main failure or state modification of the different systems are provided by warning or caution messages appearing on CAS display The color code philosophy for CAS messages is the...

Page 94: ...rument panel When either one lights up press it once to reactivate It will go out and is ready to signal in the event of another failure On the CAS display the corresponding failure message remains ON as long as the failed condition exists The actions associated to the red warning or amber caution messages are described in this Section of the POH PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 95: ...that must be executed quickly from memory without referring to POH or checklist CONDITIONAL STEPS Conditions are presented like this 1 With related actions to perform indented inside VALIDITY EFFECTIVITY Pre Post MOD70 xxxx xx Before procedure title represents a specific validity effectivity for the entire procedure below If nothing is specified the procedure applies to all airplanes Validity insi...

Page 96: ...suitable runway Land as soon as practical means land on the nearest suitable runway with convenient facilities CAS MESSAGES Indicated as displayed in the MFD CAS window FUEL PRESS means FUEL PRESS warning CAS message MAIN GEN means MAIN GEN caution CAS message ANNUNCIATIONS ON PFDs or MFD Indicated as displayed in the PFD or MFD with specifying annunciation next to the message BOTH ON AHRS1 annunc...

Page 97: ...d takeoff Engine failure at takeoff before rotation 1 THROTTLE Flight IDLE 2 Brakes As required If the airplane cannot be stopped on the runway 3 THROTTLE CUT OFF 4 FUEL TANK SELECTOR OFF 5 Crash lever Pull down If necessary 6 Evacuate after the airplane has come to a stop End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 98: ...takeoff for any other reason 1 THROTTLE Flight IDLE 2 Reverse As required 3 Brakes As required If the airplane cannot be stopped on the runway 4 THROTTLE CUT OFF 5 FUEL TANK SELECTOR OFF 6 Crash lever Pull down If necessary 7 Evacuate after the airplane has come to a stop End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 99: ... Fly the airplane 1 MAN OVRD control Full forward If power recovery successful Fly the airplane using the MAN OVRD control for power 2 THROTTLE Flight IDLE Land as soon as possible End of procedure If power recovery unsuccessful 3 MAN OVRD control Full backward If height does not allow to choose a suitable landing surface Land straight ahead without changing LANDING GEAR position 4 FLAPS lever TO ...

Page 100: ... Do not unfasten seat belts before complete stop End of procedure If height allows to reach a suitable landing surface 11 LANDING GEAR lever DN 12 FLAPS lever As required Maintain airspeeds Flaps UP 105 KIAS 178 Flaps TO 100 KIAS 178 Flaps LDG 85 KIAS 122 13 THROTTLE CUT OFF 14 FUEL TANK SELECTOR OFF Before touch down 15 Crash lever Pull down 16 Evacuate airplane after coming to complete stop Do n...

Page 101: ...wer Fly the airplane 1 FUEL TANK SELECTOR Switch tanks 2 AUX BP switch ON 3 Autopilot Disconnect If power recovery successful 4 Remaining fuel Check Land as soon as possible End of procedure If power recovery unsuccessful 5 THROTTLE CUT OFF 6 Oxygen masks Use 7 Air start envelope Check Refer to chapter 3 4 End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 102: ...ossible 1 Oil pressure Monitor 2 TRQ Minimum necessary CAUTION Due to the oil pressure drop the propeller blade angle may go towards high pitch and therefore lead to a Np propeller rotation speed decrease If engine power decreases 3 THROTTLE CUT OFF 4 Perform procedure Emergency descent Refer to chapter 3 6 5 Perform procedure Forced landing Refer to chapter 3 7 End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR...

Page 103: ...ine is neither protected against slam accelerations nor against maximum speed overshooting Avoid rapid control movements and manage engine parameters 1 THROTTLE Flight IDLE 2 Confirm engine still running 3 FUEL TANK SELECTOR Switch tanks 4 Check that no engine indication exceeds allowed value 5 MAN OVRD control Actuate Progressively to minimum necessary 6 Continue the flight Land as soon as possib...

Page 104: ...und in landing configuration particularly if the weight is near the maximum weight Do not perform a go around Do not use the reverse 9 Land normally 10 Brakes As required End of procedure If minimum power obtained is excessive 11 Airspeed Reduce below 178 KIAS By setting nose up attitude 12 INERT SEP switch ON If ITT 840 C 13 INERT SEP switch OFF 14 LANDING GEAR lever DN 15 FLAPS lever TO 16 Long ...

Page 105: ...er 31 2013 Rev 5 Page 3 3 7 Engine regulation discrepancy power loss throttle control loss 3 3 Continuing When runway is assured 17 THROTTLE CUT OFF 18 FLAPS lever LDG as required At IAS 122 KIAS 19 Land normally 20 Brakes As required End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 106: ...e reverse efficiency might be lower than expected Repair before further flight End of procedure Excessive propeller rotation speed Fly the airplane 1 Reduce the power and the airplane speed to avoid propeller rotation speeds higher than 2050 RPM Land as soon as possible Do not perform a go around In that case the go around may damage the gear reduction box and the reverse efficiency might be lower...

Page 107: ...does not stop on ground If the engine does not stop when the THROTTLE is set to CUT OFF 1 FUEL TANK SELECTOR OFF 2 Wait for engine stop due to lack of fuel in the pipes 3 GENERATOR selector OFF 4 SOURCE selector OFF 5 Crash lever Pull down Inform maintenance department End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 108: ...fer to procedure Engine start chapter 4 4 2 Cancel the flight Inform maintenance department End of procedure After engine start On ground 3 Cancel the flight Inform maintenance department End of procedure In flight Fly the airplane 4 TRQ Reduce To get ITT 840 C Land as soon as possible Inform maintenance department End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 109: ...een detected in the engine oil In flight Fly the airplane Land as soon as practical Inform maintenance department End of procedure On ground Do not take off Airplane is grounded Inform maintenance department End of procedure NG HI Indicates that Ng speed is more than 103 1 TRQ Reduce To get Ng below 103 End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 110: ...ture Monitor End of procedure If the indicated temperature is not in the green sector Failure is confirmed you can expect an oil pressure failure shortly CAUTION Due to the oil pressure drop the propeller blade angle may go towards high pitch and therefore lead to a Np propeller rotation speed decrease CAUTION Prepare for an engine stop shortly 3 TRQ Minimum necessary Land as soon as possible If e...

Page 111: ...0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 4 1 3 4 Air start Air start envelope NOTE Air start may be attempted outside of the envelope However above 20000 ft or at lower speeds ITT tends to increase during start and prudence is recommended End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 112: ... MAIN CAUTION BLEED switch set to AUTO may cause overtemperature or abnormal acceleration 3 BLEED switch OFF RST 4 A C switch OFF 5 Electric consumption Reduce 6 FUEL TANK SELECTOR L or R 7 AUX BP switch ON 8 IGNITION switch AUTO or ON 9 THROTTLE CUT OFF 10 STARTER switch ON start timer If there is no start after 5 seconds 11 STARTER switch ABORT When Ng around 13 12 THROTTLE LO IDLE 13 ITT and Ng...

Page 113: ...r has not turned off automatically 15 STARTER switch ABORT 16 THROTTLE Flight IDLE 17 THROTTLE As required 18 BLEED switch As required 19 AUX BP switch AUTO 20 Electrical equipment As required If necessary 21 Perform procedure Emergency descent Refer to chapter 3 6 If air start is not successful 22 Perform procedure Forced landing Refer to chapter 3 7 End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPE...

Page 114: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 4 4 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 115: ...Fire and smoke Engine fire on ground Symptoms ITT increasing ITT smoke 1 THROTTLE CUT OFF 2 BLEED switch OFF RST 3 A C switch OFF 4 Brakes As required 5 FUEL TANK SELECTOR OFF If necessary 6 Warn ground assistance 7 Crash lever Pull down Evacuate as soon as possible End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 116: ...ion 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 5 2 Cabin fire on ground 1 THROTTLE CUT OFF 2 Brakes As required If necessary 3 Warn ground assistance 4 Crash lever Pull down 5 Cabin extinguisher As required Evacuate as soon as possible End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 117: ... WARNING No air start attempt after an engine fire Fly the airplane 1 Oxygen masks Use 2 THROTTLE CUT OFF 3 AUX BP switch OFF 4 FUEL TANK SELECTOR OFF 5 BLEED switch OFF RST 6 A C switch OFF If necessary 7 Perform procedure Emergency descent Refer to chapter 3 6 8 Perform procedure Forced landing Refer to chapter 3 7 End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 118: ...s and goggles Use If the origin is known 2 Defective equipment breaker Pull 3 Cabin extinguisher Use If the origin is unknown 4 A C switch OFF 5 All unnecessary equipment OFF 6 Perform procedure Emergency descent Refer to chapter 3 6 If necessary 7 Perform procedure Smoke elimination Refer to procedure hereafter Land as soon as possible End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 119: ...goggles Use 2 BLEED switch OFF RST 3 A C switch OFF 4 DUMP switch Actuate 5 Wait until the differential pressure drops 6 EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob Pull If smoke decreases Land as soon as possible End of procedure If smoke increases 7 EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob Push Land as soon as possible End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 120: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 5 6 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 121: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 6 1 3 6 Emergency descents Emergency descents profiles PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 122: ...um rate descent 1 THROTTLE Flight IDLE 2 Oxygen masks Use 3 Pitch attitude 10 to 20 If smooth air 4 FLAPS and LANDING GEAR levers UP 5 Airspeed VMO 266 KIAS If rough air or in case of structure problem 6 Airspeed Below 178 KIAS 7 FLAPS lever UP 8 LANDING GEAR lever DN End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 123: ...NCY RAM AIR control knob Pull If VMC and non icing conditions are possible 7 ESS BUS TIE switch EMER 8 Prepare for Forced landing Refer to chapter 3 7 End of procedure If VMC and non icing conditions are not possible Breakers 9 PFD 2 Pull 10 ADC 2 Pull 11 XPDR 2 Pull Switches 12 DE ICE SYSTEM All OFF 13 Lights All OFF 14 BLEED OFF RST 15 A C OFF 16 AUX BP OFF 17 FUEL SEL MAN 18 AP TRIMS OFF 19 DIM...

Page 124: ...um range descent 2 2 Continuing If icing conditions 20 PITOT L HTR switch ON 21 WINDSHIELD switch ON 22 Airspeed Above 135 KIAS Configuration flaps UP If time permits 23 SVC PLUGS breaker Pull 24 AIR COND breaker Pull 25 Prepare for Forced landing Refer to chapter 3 7 End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 125: ...airspeed Maintain 120 KIAS Until favorable ground approach 8 ESS BUS TIE switch NORM To have GEAR and FLAPS available If landing surface is suitable 9 LANDING GEAR lever DN If landing surface is not suitable 10 LANDING GEAR lever Keep UP If night conditions 11 OFF TAXI LDG switch LDG When chosen landing surface is assured 12 FLAPS lever LDG 13 Crash lever Pull down 14 Airspeed on final approach 85...

Page 126: ... 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 7 2 Tire blowout during landing 1 Control direction with brakes and nose wheel steering 2 Reverse As required 3 Stop airplane to minimize damages 4 Perform procedure Shutdown Refer to chapter 4 3 End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 127: ...nd prevents further operation of the flaps Fly the airplane 1 FLAPS breaker Pull 2 FLAPS lever UP Land as soon as possible 3 Maintain airspeeds IAS 178 KIAS for deflections between UP and TO positions IAS 122 KIAS for deflections greater than TO position 4 For landing refer to procedure Landing with flaps malfunction Refer to procedure on following page End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT O...

Page 128: ...and TO positions IAS 122 KIAS for deflections greater than TO position 4 For landing refer to procedure Landing with flaps malfunction Refer to procedure hereafter End of procedure Landing with flaps malfunction For flaps deflections between UP and TO Proceed as for a normal landing with 105 KIAS of approach airspeed Provide for a landing distance increased by 60 For flaps deflections greater than...

Page 129: ...ght flashing and 3 green lights are OFF 1 Airspeed Maintain below 150 KIAS 2 LDG GEAR breaker Pull If GEAR UNSAFE CAS msg and GEAR UNSAFE red warning light are OFF 3 The flight may be continued without any restriction For landing gear extension 4 Perform procedure Emergency gear extension Refer to following procedures End of procedure If not 5 LDG GEAR breaker Push 6 Perform procedure Emergency ge...

Page 130: ... Symptoms have to be considered at the end of the sequence Symptoms GEAR UNSAFE CAS msg and GEAR UNSAFE red warning light are ON or amber light flashing and 0 to 3 green lights are OFF 1 Airspeed Maintain below 150 KIAS 2 Perform procedure Emergency gear extension Refer to procedure on following page End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 131: ...uced compared to a clean airplane because of the drag This should be taken into account when calculating the airplane range 1 Airspeed Maintain below 150 KIAS 2 LANDING GEAR lever DN 3 LDG GEAR breaker Pull 4 Floor hatch Open 5 By pass selector Fully pull Locked CAUTION The entire extension of the landing gear may take up to 110 cycles It is mandatory to have a clear hardening of the manual contro...

Page 132: ...outside icing conditions Continue flight at airspeed 178 KIAS Land as soon as practical End of procedure If GEAR UNSAFE red warning light is ON and GEAR UNSAFE is ON and 0 to 3 green lights are ON 9 LDG GEAR breaker Push 10 CHECK DOWN push button Press If hardening of the pump is marked and 3 green lights are ON or 3 green lights are ON and flickering while pressing the CHECK DOWN push button 11 L...

Page 133: ...Unlock Push 13 Wait one minute 14 LANDING GEAR lever UP At airspeed 150 KIAS 15 Perform landing gear extension attempts in the normal mode while applying positive load factors during the maneuver as well as skidding In case of failure 16 Perform procedure Landing with unlocked main landing gear or Landing with defective nose landing gear Refer to following procedures CAUTION If one main landing ge...

Page 134: ...own but unlocked 2 BLEED switch OFF RST 3 DUMP switch Actuate 4 FUEL TANK SELECTOR Maintain on defective LDG gear side To lighten corresponding wing maximum fuel imbalance 15 USG 5 Choose a runway with headwind or crosswind blowing from defective gear side 6 Align the airplane to land on the runway edge opposite to the defective landing gear 7 Perform a normal approach 8 FLAPS lever LDG At airspee...

Page 135: ... THROTTLE CUT OFF 12 Crash lever Pull down 13 FUEL TANK SELECTOR OFF 14 Evacuate after airplane comes to a stop End of procedure If landing gear does not drag during landing 15 Preferably do not use reverse 16 Complete taxiing witha slight turn towards defective landinggear 17 THROTTLE CUT OFF 18 Perform procedure Shutdown Refer to chapter 4 3 19 Evacuate End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT...

Page 136: ...gear position If necessary 1 Transfer passengers to the rear 2 Perform a normal approach 3 FLAPS lever LDG 4 Airspeed Maintain 90 KIAS 5 Land with nose up attitude Keep nose high 6 THROTTLE CUT OFF 7 Touch down slowly with nose wheel and keep elevator at nose up stop 8 Brakes Apply moderately 9 Crash lever Pull down 10 FUEL TANK SELECTOR OFF 11 Evacuate after airplane comes to a stop End of proced...

Page 137: ...1 Do a standard final approach 2 FLAPS lever LDG 3 Airspeed Maintain 85 KIAS 4 BLEED switch OFF RST 5 DUMP switch Actuate When runway is assured 6 THROTTLE CUT OFF 7 FUEL TANK SELECTOR OFF 8 Flare out After touch down 9 Crash lever Pull down 10 Evacuate after airplane comes to a stop End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 138: ...ers In heavy wind land facing wind 1 LANDING GEAR lever UP 2 FLAPS lever LDG 3 Airspeed Maintain above 85 KIAS 4 Maintain a descent rate as low as possible when approaching the water 5 BLEED switch OFF RST 6 DUMP switch Actuate 7 Crash lever Pull down 8 Maintain attitude without flaring out until touch down 9 Evacuate through EMERGENCY EXIT End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 139: ...trol 1 LANDING GEAR lever DN 2 FLAPS lever LDG 3 Airspeed Maintain 95 KIAS 4 TRQ As required To maintain airspeed according to an easy approach slope 300 ft min 5 Adjust elevator by using manual pitch trim wheel When ground approaches 6 Slope Decrease progressively 7 TRQ Reduce progressively End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 140: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 7 16 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 141: ...ks 3 AUX BP switch AUTO If FUEL PRESS remains ON 4 AUX BP switch ON 5 AUX BOOST PMP ON Check ON If pressure is normal again and FUEL PRESS is OFF Mechanical pump has failed 6 AUX BP switch Maintain ON Land as soon as practical End of procedure If FUEL PRESS remains ON 7 FUEL TANK SELECTOR Switch tanks If FUEL PRESS is OFF A supply problem may have occured from the tank selected first air vent fuel...

Page 142: ... October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 8 2 2 2 FUEL PRESS Continuing If FUEL PRESS remains ON 8 Fullest tank Select 9 Avoid high power andrapidmovements of the THROTTLE 10 Altitude Below 18000 ft Land as soon as possible Fly the airplane End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 143: ...AUX BP switch is in ON position Indication is normal End of procedure If AUX BP switch is in AUTO position 1 Reset AUX BP switch to ON 2 Then AUX BP switch AUTO If AUX BOOST PMP ON goes OFF 3 Continue the flight normally End of procedure If AUX BOOST PMP ON remains ON Mechanical booster pump has failed 4 AUX BP switch ON Land as soon as possible End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATION...

Page 144: ...in the corresponding tank 1 Corresponding gage Check 2 Check the other tank has been automatically selected If other tank not automatically selected 3 FUEL SEL switch MAN 4 Select tank manually As required Fly the airplane 5 Minimum fuel Check 6 Take decision If necessary Land as soon as practical End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 145: ...SEL Indicates that there is no more automatic control mode running Fly the airplane 1 FUEL SEL switch Check AUTO If FUEL SEL switch already on AUTO Failure is confirmed 2 FUEL SEL switch MAN 3 Select tanks manually As required CAUTION Maximum fuel imbalance is 15 USG End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 146: ...anks are imbalanced by more than 15 USG for more than 30 seconds If FUEL SEL switch is on AUTO 1 Fullest tank Select By pressing the SHIFT push button If FUEL SEL switch is on MAN 2 Fullest tank Select By shifting FUEL TANK SELECTOR manually Fly the airplane CAUTION Maximum fuel imbalance is 15 USG End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 147: ...r 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 8 7 LOW LVL FAIL L R Indicates a failure of fuel low level sensor 1 Remaining fuel in tanks Check 2 Take decision If any doubt Land as soon as practical Fly the airplane On the ground Inform maintenance department End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 148: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 8 8 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 149: ...t overtemperature or low battery voltage condition exists Red X Battery has failed Service is required ESI 2000 attitude invalid in flight 1 Maintain straight and level flight at a constant airspeed 2 M button Press twice 3 S button Press once The ESI 2000 will initiate the alignment process When a normal attitude display is available 4 Resume normal flight If attitude information remains invalid ...

Page 150: ...the display End of procedure Amber battery symbol displayed in flight Indicates the internal battery state of charge is low 1 Remain clear of IMC until amber battery symbol is removed from the display signifying battery is charged sufficiently to have one hour of discharge abilitiy End of procedure ESI 2000 in flight shutdown manual procedure 1 Maintain control of the airplane using airplane prima...

Page 151: ...UTION Do not take off if battery charge is over 50 A If this indication remains steady at a high value It may be due to a battery or generation system failure End of procedure BAT OFF Indicates that the SOURCE selector has been positioned on OFF or the battery plug is disconnected Fly the airplane 1 SOURCE selector OFF 2 SOURCE selector BATT If warning persists Land as soon as possible 3 Airplane ...

Page 152: ...ENERATOR RESET push button Press In case of failure Fly the airplane 3 Keep the following systems connected Autopilot system Deicing systems STROBE and NAV lights Cockpit emergency lights VHF 1 NAV GPS 1 BLEED LDG LIGHTS on short final This will allow to keep electrical consumption below maximum standby capacity All other not necessary equipment can be disconnected 4 GENERATOR selector ST BY If ne...

Page 153: ...charge Fly the airplane 3 Keep the following systems connected Autopilot system Deicing systems STROBE and NAV lights Cockpit emergency lights VHF 1 NAV GPS 1 BLEED LDG LIGHTS on short final This will allow to keep electrical consumption below maximum standby capacity All other not necessary equipment can be disconnected 4 GENERATOR selector ST BY If necessary 5 ST BY GENERATOR RESET push button P...

Page 154: ...lly connected 3 Disconnect non essential systems 4 Voltmeter and ammeter Monitor Land as soon as possible End of procedure If MAIN GENERATOR not successfully connected 5 GENERATOR selector ST BY 6 ST BY GENERATOR RESET push button Press If ST BY GENERATOR successfully connected 7 Disconnect non essential systems 8 Voltmeter and ammeter Monitor Land as soon as possible End of procedure If ST BY GEN...

Page 155: ...ch EMER In this configuration only both ESS BUS bars and BATT BUS bar are directly supplied by the battery Land as soon as possible If use of other systems is required 12 ESS BUS TIE switch NORM End of procedure If VMC and non icing conditions are not possible 13 Manually disconnect systems as follows Breakers PFD 2 Pull ADC 2 Pull TAS Pull DATA LINK Pull XPDR 2 Pull Switches AIRFRAME DE ICE OFF I...

Page 156: ...LEED OFF RST A C OFF AUX BP OFF FUEL SEL MAN AP TRIMS OFF DIMMER CABIN ACCESS OFF If icing conditions 14 PITOT L HTR switch Check ON 15 WINDSHIELD switch ON 16 Maintain minimum recommended airspeeds into known icing conditions Flaps UP 135 KIAS Flaps TO 115 KIAS Flaps LDG 95 KIAS If time permits 17 SVC PLUGS breaker Pull 18 AIR COND breaker Pull Land as soon as possible End of procedure PIM DO NOT...

Page 157: ...cedures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 5 Page 3 9 9 ELEC FEATH FAULT Indicates a propeller feathering system malfunction Fly the airplane 1 FEATHER breaker Pull Land as soon as possible End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 158: ...Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 9 10 Bus bar 1 3 Figure 3 9 1 1 3 Electrical distribution of bus bars PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 159: ...Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 9 11 Bus bar 2 3 Figure 3 9 1 2 3 Electrical distribution of bus bars PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 160: ...Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 9 12 Bus bar 3 3 Figure 3 9 1 3 3 Electrical distribution of bus bars PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 161: ...he use of ESI 2000 internal battery 3 Use the ESI 2000 for attitude airspeed and or altitude Fly the airplane Land as soon as possible NOTE Airplane power is provided to the ESI 2000 display for normal operation Operation of the basic system is automatic The system is powered ON while airplane power is ON If airplane power is lost the internal battery will provide power to the ESI 2000 Press any k...

Page 162: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 9 14 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 163: ... the airplane Should automatic cut off occur or not If possible 1 TRQ Reduce 2 HOT AIR FLOW distributor Turn to the right 3 CONTROL selector COCKPIT 4 TEMP C selector Mini 5 BLEED switch OFF RST 6 BLEED switch AUTO If BLEED TEMP and BLEED OFF are still ON 7 Perform procedure BLEED OFF Refer to procedure hereafter End of procedure If BLEED TEMP is ON and BLEED OFF is OFF 8 Shorten the flight Inform...

Page 164: ...possible 3 TRQ Reduce Fly the airplane 4 BLEED switch OFF RST 5 BLEED switch AUTO If BLEED OFF is still ON If altitude 10000 ft If necessary 6 Perform procedure Emergency descent Refer to chapter 3 6 7 Continue the flight Inform maintenance department End of procedure If on ground 8 BLEED switch OFF RST 9 Taxi back to apron 10 Perform procedure Shutdown Refer to chapter 4 3 Inform maintenance depa...

Page 165: ...is automatically set to 9800 ft default value as cabin altitude reference Fly the airplane 1 Continue the flight Inform maintenance department before next flight CAUTION When the airplane descends below 9800 ft cabin descent rate coincides with airplane descent rate The pilot should take into account the airplane descent profile in order to avoid pressure annoyance End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE ...

Page 166: ...ization indicator Check If cabin altitude 10000 ft 500 ft 2 Oxygen masks Use Fly the airplane 3 BLEED switch Check AUTO 4 DUMP switch Check NORM Guarded 5 EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob Check pushed If necessary 6 Perform procedure Emergency descent Refer to chapter 3 6 7 Limit flight altitude to maintain cabin altitude below 10000 ft Inform maintenance department before next flight End of procedu...

Page 167: ...sk Indicates a cabin altitude over 10000 ft 500 ft 1 Pressurization indicator Check If cabin altitude 10000 ft 500 ft 2 Oxygen masks Use Fly the airplane 3 BLEED switch Check AUTO 4 DUMP switch Check NORM Guarded 5 EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob Check pushed If necessary 6 Perform procedure Emergency descent Refer to chapter 3 6 7 Limit flight altitude to maintain cabin altitude below 10000 ft Inf...

Page 168: ...ossible by pressing twice the AP TRIM DISC push button and other AP modes are usable Power reduction to speed up the descent is recommended Indicates a cabin altitude over 10000 ft 500 ft 1 Pressurization indicator Check If cabin altitude 10000 ft 500 ft 2 Oxygen masks Use Fly the airplane 3 BLEED switch Check AUTO 4 DUMP switch Check NORM Guarded 5 EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob Check pushed If n...

Page 169: ...ISC push button and other AP modes are usable Power reduction to speed up the descent is recommended Indicates a cabin altitude over 10000 ft 500 ft 1 Pressurization indicator Check If cabin altitude 10000 ft 500 ft 2 Oxygen masks Use Fly the airplane 3 BLEED switch Check AUTO 4 DUMP switch Check NORM Guarded 5 EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob Check pushed If necessary 6 Perform procedure Emergency ...

Page 170: ...tober 31 2013 Rev 5 Page 3 10 8 With v15 11 GARMIN software Post MOD70 0407 00D EDM OVERRIDE Indicates that Emergency Descent Mode has been overridden by the crew and is not available again until EDM OVERRIDE is OFF Fly the airplane End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 171: ...CABIN DIFF PRESS Indicates a cabin pressure differential over 6 4 PSI 0 2 PSI 1 Pressurization indicator Check If ΔP 6 4 PSI 0 2 PSI 2 BLEED switch OFF RST 3 Oxygen masks Use Fly the airplane If necessary 4 Perform procedure Emergency descent Refer to chapter 3 6 End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 172: ...3 Rev 5 Page 3 10 10 Cabin not depressurized after landing If ΔP cabin remains 0 1 DUMP switch Actuate 2 BLEED switch OFF RST If necessary 3 EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob Pull 4 Wait for complete cabin depressurization before opening any door End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 173: ...EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 5 Page 3 10 11 OXYGEN Indicates that the oxygen cylinder isolation valve is closed WARNING Flight is prohibited with oxygen cylinder closed 1 Oxygen cylinder Open End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 174: ...osition of the door s If DOOR is still ON 2 Do not take off End of procedure In flight Fly the airplane 3 Start a slow descent 4 Decrease cabin pressure differential By selecting a higher LFE LFE between 9500 ft and 10000 ft If a real failure of one of the doors is noticed 5 Oxygen masks Use 6 BLEED switch OFF RST 7 DUMP switch Actuate If necessary 8 Perform procedure Emergency descent Refer to ch...

Page 175: ... vacuum may lead to malfunctioning of leading edge deicing and pressurization 1 Monitor the normal functioning of leading edge deicing and pressurization If necessary 2 Altitude Below 10000 ft 3 Return to VMC conditions as soon as possible Fly the airplane 4 BLEED switch OFF RST End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 176: ... Set to around a 10 o clock position If moisture continues 2 HOT AIR FLOW distributor Turn to the left 3 WINDSHIELD switch ON If there is no improvement and if the flight safety is engaged 4 Altitude Around 10000 ft 5 BLEED switch OFF RST CAUTION In flight the cabin will quickly depressurize Therefore the cabin vertical speed indicator and altimeter indications will rapidly meet those of respectiv...

Page 177: ...eading edges deicing failure Symptoms failure on one of the two pneumatic deicing pulses ice on wing outboard sections or ice on wing inboard sections and stabilizers one of the two cycling green lights is not lit Leave icing conditions as soon as possible 1 AIRFRAME DE ICE switch OFF End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 178: ...1 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 11 2 PROP DEICE FAIL Symptoms propeller deicing green light is not lit propeller vibrations 1 TRQ Reduce Fly the airplane 2 THROTTLE Actuate To vary RPM within operating range Leave icing conditions as soon as possible End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 179: ... Symptoms INERT SEP ON does not appear within 50 seconds following INERT SEP switch setting ON inertial separator is not retracted after 50 seconds following INERT SEP switch setting OFF INERT DE ICE breaker triggered Leave icing conditions as soon as possible Fly the airplane End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 180: ...formly by ice no perception of heat when touching deiced section windshield deicing green light is not lit If symptoms result from overheat 1 WINDSHIELD switch OFF ON When necessary In case of total failure 2 TEMP C selector Max warm 3 HOT AIR FLOW distributor Turn to the left Before landing 4 Wait for a sufficient visibility End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 181: ...ch ON If unsuccessful to get sufficient visibility 4 HOT AIR FLOW distributor Fully turn to the left 5 Manually clean a sufficient visibility area If necessary CAUTION In case of sideslip approach with pedal on the right during a long period select R H fuel tank 6 Clean L H side window 7 Perform a sideslip approach with rudder pedals to the right To get sufficient landing visual references For lan...

Page 182: ...e engine is running If PITOT NO HT L Icing conditions may alter airspeed indications provided by ADC1 1 Avoid icing conditions Fly the airplane If not possible 2 Perform moderate descent or climb attitudes VMO overshoot and stall warning system are always operating End of procedure If PITOT NO HT R VMO overshoot warning may be altered by icing conditions Fly the airplane 3 Airspeed Monitor below 2...

Page 183: ...ning vane heating has failed or PITOT R STALL HTR switch is not ON while the engine is running Correct operation of the aural stall warning may be altered by severe or prolonged icing 1 Airspeed Monitor Maintain minimum airspeed according to airplane configuration and icing conditions Fly the airplane End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 184: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 11 8 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 185: ... button Release 4 Pitch trim may be used manually If necessary 5 Airspeed Reduce To reduce control forces In case of pitch trim runaway 6 AP TRIMS switch AP OFF Thepitch trim may beused manually the two other trim tabs may be usedagain electrically End of procedure In case of rudder or aileron trim runaway 7 RUD TRIM or AIL TRIM breaker Pull According to the defective trim 8 AP TRIMS switch ON The...

Page 186: ...ures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 12 2 Crack in cockpit window or window panel Fly the airplane 1 Descend slowly 2 Cabin P Reduce By setting Landing Field Elevation to 10000 ft End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 187: ...upholstery panel of the emergency exit Pull it firmly through the access area to the opening handle Refer to paragraph Emergency exit in chapter 7 3 All 3 Lift up the opening handle 4 Pull emergency exit assembly towards oneself to release it from its recess 5 Put the emergency exit door inside fuselage or throw it away from the fuselage through the opening 6 Evacuate airplane End of procedure PIM...

Page 188: ...1 Check that the anti theft safety pin has been removed 2 Lift up the opening handle 3 Pull emergency exit assembly towards oneself to release it from its recess 4 Put the emergency exit door inside fuselage or throw it away from the fuselage through the opening 5 Evacuate airplane End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 189: ...31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 12 4 Emergency beacon ELT use Before a forced landing If possible 1 Transmit a MAY DAY signal on COM VHF 121 5 MHz or on a known ATC frequency After landing 2 ELT remote control switch ON Maintain ON until aid arrives End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 190: ...5 Inadvertent spins WARNING Voluntary spins are prohibited 1 Control wheel Neutral Pitch and roll axis 2 Rudder Fully opposed to the spin 3 THROTTLE Flight IDLE 4 FLAPS lever UP When rotation is stopped 5 Level the wings and ease out of the dive Fly the airplane End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 191: ...on 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 12 6 Stall warning sound 1 AP TRIM DISC push button Press twice 2 Fly the airplane wings levelled and nose down until stall warning stops 3 TRQ As required 4 Return to the desired flight path End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 192: ... software and voice alerts Post MOD70 0407 00D AURAL WRN FAIL Indicates that no aural warning alerts are available CAUTION No aural stall warning No aural overspeed warning No landing gear warning 1 Maintain airspeeds Flaps UP 105 KIAS 266 Flaps TO 100 KIAS 178 Flaps LDG 85 IAS 122 End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 193: ...e 3 12 8 With v15 11 GARMIN software and voice alerts Post MOD70 0407 00D AURAL WRN 1 CHNL Indicates that one aural warning alerts channel is not available 1 Both sides GMA s SPKR button Press SPKR led ON on available GMA s 2 Volume Adjust to louder level End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 194: ...er L H side Draw it out of thestowage cup and uncoil tube totally 2 Press on the red side vanes to inflate the harness 3 Put the mask onto the face If no smokes 4 3 position selector NORMAL 100 as required In case of smokes 5 3 position selector EMERGENCY 6 Don the smoke goggles onto the face 7 PASSENGER OXYGEN switch ON 8 Check oxygenflow indicator for thefront seats the blinker is transparent an...

Page 195: ... 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 12 10 Without v15 11 GARMIN software Pre MOD70 0407 00D Oxygen use 2 2 Continuing For rear passengers 1 Take a mask 2 Uncoil tube totally 3 Pull on the lanyard cord to take out the lanyard pin 4 Put the mask onto the face End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 196: ...H Front passenger L H side Draw it out of the stowage cup and uncoil tube totally 2 Press on the red side vanes to inflate the harness 3 Put the mask onto the face If no smokes 4 3 position selector NORMAL 100 as required In case of smokes 5 3 position selector EMERGENCY 6 Don the smoke goggles onto the face 7 PASSENGER OXYGEN switch ON 8 Check oxygenflow indicator for thefront seats the blinker i...

Page 197: ...1 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 12 12 With v15 11 GARMIN software Post MOD70 0407 00D Oxygen use 2 2 Continuing For rear passengers 1 Take a mask 2 Uncoil tube totally 3 Pull on the lanyard cord to take out the lanyard pin 4 Put the mask onto the face End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 198: ...ight 1 PITOT L HTR switch Check ON 2 PITOT R STALL HTR switch Check ON If symptoms persist 3 ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE selector Pull thoroughly 4 Use standby instrument only If symptoms persist as well as on the electronic standby instrument on the L H instrument panel 5 Perform a precautionary approach maintaining an adequate airspeed End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 199: ...exit severe icing conditions by changing the route or the altitude 2 Avoid any sudden maneuver on flight controls Do not engage the autopilot If the autopilot is engaged 3 Hold the control wheel firmly and disengage the autopilot If an unusual roll response or uncommanded roll control movement is observed 4 Angle of Attack Reduce Do not extend flaps when holding in icing conditions Operation with ...

Page 200: ...on 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 12 15 FRONT CARGO DOOR Indicates that front cargo door is open On ground 1 Check and close the door In flight Fly the airplane 2 Airspeed Reduce To minimum available Land as soon as practical End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 201: ...ed Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 12 16 GPU DOOR Indicates that GPU door is open On ground 1 Check and close the door In flight Fly the airplane 2 Airspeed Reduce To minimum available Land as soon as practical End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 202: ...ctober 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 12 17 IGNITION Indicates that ignition exciter is running 1 IGNITION switch Check position If weather permits 2 IGNITION switch AUTO Fly the airplane NOTE IGNITION switch may be left ON for a long period End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 203: ...ition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 12 18 AP ON YD OFF Indicates that the autopilot is ON while Yaw Damper is OFF so no automatic rudder trim is available 1 Yaw Damper status Check If necessary 2 Yaw Damper status Correct End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 204: ...When disconnecting the autopilot after a pitch trim malfunction hold the control wheel firmly Up to 30 pounds of force on the control wheel may be necessary to hold the airplane level 1 AP TRIM DISC push button Press and hold 2 AP TRIMS switch OFF 3 AP TRIM DISC push button Release If necessary 4 Control wheel Retrim End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 205: ...nuetobedisplayed with a ghosted airplane icon in the center and an amber DR overwriting the icon Airplane position will be based upon the last valid GPS position then estimated by Dead Reckoning methods Changes in true airspeed altitude or winds aloft can affect the estimated position substantially Dead Reckoning is only available in Enroute mode Terminal and Approach modes do not support DR Cours...

Page 206: ...a and the last known GPS position to estimate the airplane current position DR information will be available for a maximum of 20 minutes MAP TRAFFIC MAP display is not dependent on GPS information The position of displayed traffic relative to the airplane symbol on the map is still accurate Loss Of Integrity LOI Mode Active when the airplane is within 30 NM of departure airport as calculated from ...

Page 207: ...ertical guidance will be removed from the PFD The approach may be continued using the LNAV only minimums During any GPS approach in which both precision and non precision alarm limits are exceeded the GARMIN System will flag the lateral guidance and display a system message ABORT APPROACH loss of navigation Immediately upon viewing the message the unit will revert to Terminal navigation mode alarm...

Page 208: ...ar stormscope In reversionary mode the weather radar system automatically switches to standby mode and the weather radar system cannot be controlled The system remains in standby mode until both displays are restored 3 Fly the airplane manually Using stand by instruments 4 AP TRIM DISC push button Press To mute aural tone 5 DISPLAY BACKUP mode Engage on PFD2 6 PFD 1 breaker Check pushed 7 XFR butt...

Page 209: ...ystems AHRS1 or AHRS2 Autopilot AP Systems still operative Flight Director FD when engaged again Actions Autopilot is not operative 1 AHRS1 and or AHRS2 breaker Check pushed If BOTH ON AHRS1 or BOTH ON AHRS2 annunciation is associated to HDG NO COMP and or PIT NO COMP and or ROL NO COMP annunciation s 2 Fly the airplane manually If pilot wishes 3 FD default mode Engage PIT and ROL 4 FD specific mo...

Page 210: ... COMP go off refer to following condition If BOTH ON AHRS1 or BOTH ON AHRS2 annunciation not associated to HDG NO COMP and or PIT NO COMP and or ROL NO COMP annunciation s 6 PFD1 and PFD2 SENSOR softkeys Press 7 AHRS1 on PFD1 and or AHRS2 on PFD2 Reset 8 BOTH ON AHRS1 or BOTH ON AHRS2 annunciation Check OFF 9 Autopilot Use normally As desired End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 211: ... 1 and or ADC 2 breaker Check pushed If BOTH ON ADC1 or BOTH ON ADC2 annunciation is associated to IAS NO COMP and or ALT NO COMP annunciation s 2 No action required End of procedure If all annunciations IAS NO COMP ALT NO COMP go off refer to following condition If BOTH ON ADC1 or BOTH ON ADC2 annunciation not associated to IAS NO COMP and or ALT NO COMP annunciation s 3 PFD1 and PFD2 SENSOR soft...

Page 212: ...n 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 12 27 MFD failure Lost system MFD Actions 1 L H DISPLAY BACKUP button Press 2 MFD breaker Check pushed End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 213: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 3 12 28 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 214: ... 6 Before taxiing 4 3 7 Before line up 4 3 8 Normal takeoff 4 3 9 Short takeoff 4 3 10 After takeoff 4 3 11 Climb 4 3 12 Cruise 4 3 13 Before descent 4 3 14 Approach 4 3 15 Final approach in GS or downwind leg VMC 4 3 16 Short final 500 ft 4 3 17 Runway clear 4 3 18 Shutdown 4 3 19 4 4 Amplified procedures 4 4 1 Preflight inspection 4 4 1 Inside inspection 4 4 17 Before starting engine 4 4 21 Engi...

Page 215: ...light into severe icing conditions 4 5 6 Flight under heavy precipitations 4 5 7 Utilization on runways covered with water 4 5 7 Utilization on runways covered with melting or not tamped snow 4 5 8 Utilization on icy or covered with tamped snow runways 4 5 11 Utilization by cold weather 0 C to 25 C and very cold weather 25 C to 40 C 4 5 13 Utilization by cold weather 0 C to 25 C and very cold weat...

Page 216: ... procedures for the conduct of normal operation of TBM airplane The first part of this section lists the normal procedures required as a check list The amplified procedures are developed in the second part of the section The normal procedures for optional systems are given in section 9 Supplements of the POH PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 217: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 4 Normal procedures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 4 1 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 218: ...of climb speed VY Landing gear and flaps UP 124 KIAS Best angle of climb speed Vx Landing gear and flaps UP 100 KIAS Maximum speed Flaps TO 178 KIAS Flaps LDG 122 KIAS Maximum airspeed with landing gear down 178 KIAS Maximum landing gear operating airspeeds Extension 178 KIAS Retraction 150 KIAS Approach airspeed Flaps LDG 85 KIAS Maximum operating speed VMO 266 KIAS Glide speed maximum L D ratio ...

Page 219: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 4 Normal procedures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 4 2 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 220: ...oor if installed Closed Locked 2 Baggage Stowed 3 EMERGENCY EXIT pin Removed 4 Seat pedals harness Adjust Lock 5 PASSENGER OXYGEN OFF 6 OXYGEN ON 7 Crew oxygen masks Test 8 EXT LIGHTS All OFF 9 INT LIGHTS All OFF 10 Crash lever Down 11 STARTER OFF 12 IGNITION AUTO 13 AUX BP OFF 14 FUEL SEL MAN 15 AP TRIMS OFF 16 CB LIGHTS OFF 17 MICRO MASK MICRO Guarded 18 DE ICE SYSTEM All OFF 19 INERT SEP OFF 20...

Page 221: ...Full backward notched 23 THROTTLE CUT OFF 24 FUEL TANK SELECTOR Open L or R 25 A C OFF 26 BLEED OFF RST 27 HOT AIR FLOW Fully turned to the right 28 DUMP NORM Guarded 29 ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE Pushed 30 EMERGENCY RAM AIR Pushed 31 ESS BUS TIE NORM Guarded 32 Breakers All pushed 33 Landing gear emergency pump handle Check End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 222: ...e As required 4 SOURCE BATT or GPU 5 GENERATOR MAIN 6 Audio alarms Test 7 DE ICE SYSTEM lights Test 8 LANDING GEAR LIGHTS CHECK DOWN Test 9 MFD Initialize 10 Fuel on board Check 11 Residual ITT Check If residual ITT 150 C 12 Perform procedure Motoring Refer to procedure hereafter 13 VOLTS BATT 24 5 V GPU 28 V Check 14 CAS Check End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 223: ...ober 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 4 3 4 Motoring if residual ITT 150 C 1 IGNITION OFF 2 AUX BP ON 3 AUX BOOST PMP ON Check ON 4 Propeller area Clear 5 STARTER ON 2 sec then OFF After 30 seconds maximum 6 STARTER ABORT Then OFF 7 AUX BP OFF End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 224: ...d 4th new engine start 1 IGNITION AUTO 2 AUX BP ON 3 AUX BOOST PMP ON Check ON 4 Propeller area Clear 5 STARTER ON 2 sec then OFF When Ng around 13 6 THROTTLE LO IDLE 7 ITT Ng OIL C and OIL PSI Monitor ITT Maximum 1000 C for 5 sec 870 C for 20 sec Ng 30 before 30 sec 50 before 1 min When Ng 50 and 1 minute max 8 Starter Check OFF automatically End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 225: ...GPU DOOR Check OFF End of procedure After engine start 1 THROTTLE LO IDLE Flight IDLE 2 Ng Check 70 2 3 OIL C and OIL PSI Check 4 AUX BP AUTO 5 FUEL SEL AUTO 6 SHIFT Test 7 AP TRIMS ON If BATT 80 amps 8 GENERATOR ST BY Test 9 GENERATOR MAIN 10 CAS Check 11 BLEED AUTO 12 A C AUTO 13 PRES MODE AUTO 14 CONTROL As required End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 226: ... Rev 4 Page 4 3 7 Before taxiing 1 Stand by instruments Check 2 DE ICE SYSTEM Test 3 INERT SEP ON 4 Flight controls Check 5 TRIMS Test 6 FLAPS UP 7 MFD FPL Set LFE Set Check 8 THROTTLE Feather twice 9 EIS Check 10 CAS Check 11 TAXI lights ON End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 227: ... 6 FUEL SEL AUTO 7 DE ICE SYSTEM As required 8 PITOT L HTR PITOT R STALL HTR ON 9 INERT SEP ON 10 TRIMS TO 11 FLAPS TO 12 A C As required 13 BLEED AUTO 14 LFE Check 15 FUEL gages Check imbalance 16 BATT Check below 50 amps 17 EIS Check 18 CAS Check 19 Altimeters setting As required 20 Instruments departure setting Check 21 SID Set 22 ALT SEL Set 23 XPDR Set End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIG...

Page 228: ... 6 Page 4 3 9 Normal takeoff 1 ADI HSI headings Check 2 PROP RPM Green sector 3 Brakes Release 4 TRQ 100 5 Rotation airspeed 6 Attitude 10 Up When vertical speed is positive 7 Brakes Apply 8 LANDING GEAR UP When airspeed above 115 KIAS 9 FLAPS UP End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 229: ... HSI headings Check 2 PROP RPM Green sector 3 TRQ 100 4 Brakes Release 5 Rotation airspeed Weight 6579 lbs 2984 kg 6 Attitude 15 Up Weight 6579 lbs 2984 kg 7 Attitude 12 5 Up When vertical speed is positive 8 Brakes Apply 9 LANDING GEAR UP When airspeed above 115 KIAS 10 FLAPS UP End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 230: ...A Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 4 3 11 After takeoff 1 LANDING GEAR Check UP 2 FLAPS Check UP 3 TRQ Check max 100 4 EIS Check 5 CAS Check 6 DE ICE SYSTEM As required 7 INERT SEP As required End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 231: ...mb 1 ALT SEL Check 2 Altimeters setting As required 3 Autopilot Check 4 TRQ adjustment ITT Ng Check 5 EIS Check 6 CAS Check 7 Pressurization Check 8 FUEL gages Check 9 AMPS VOLTS Check 10 DE ICE SYSTEM As required 11 INERT SEP As required 12 LDG lights As required End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 232: ...uise 1 Altimeters setting Check 2 Autopilot Check 3 TRQ adjustment ITT Ng Check 4 EIS Check 5 CAS Check 6 Pressurization Check 7 FUEL gages Check 8 AMPS VOLTS Check 9 DE ICE SYSTEM As required 10 INERT SEP As required 11 LDG lights OFF 12 Top of descent Computed End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 233: ...er 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 4 3 14 Before descent 1 Briefing before approach Completed 2 Altimeters setting Check 3 Pressurization Check 4 LFE Check 5 FUEL gages Check 6 AMPS VOLTS Check 7 DE ICE SYSTEM As required 8 INERT SEP As required End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 234: ... Page 4 3 15 Approach 1 Altimeters setting QNH Set Check 2 Minimums Set Check 3 COM NAV GPS Set Check 4 Pressurization Check 5 LFE Check 6 FUEL gages Check 7 AMPS VOLTS Check 8 DE ICE SYSTEM As required 9 INERT SEP ON Below FL 100 10 LDG lights ON End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 235: ...on 4 Normal procedures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 4 3 16 Final approach in GS or downwind leg VMC 1 LDG lights ON 2 LANDING GEAR DN Check 3 green 3 FLAPS TO End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 236: ...k Section 4 Normal procedures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 4 3 17 Short final 500 ft 1 LANDING GEAR Check DN and 3 green 2 FLAPS LDG 3 AP YD Disconnect End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 237: ...pproved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 4 3 18 Runway clear 1 TAXI light ON 2 NAV As required 3 STROBE As required 4 DE ICE SYSTEM As required 5 TRIMS Reset to TO 6 FLAPS UP 7 A C As required 8 XPDR Check End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 238: ...IDLE For 2 min 10 THROTTLE LO IDLE For 15 sec 11 THROTTLE CUT OFF 12 INERT SEP OFF 13 AUX BOOST PMP ON Check ON 14 AUX BP OFF 15 GENERATOR OFF When inertial separator is retracted after approximately 40 sec 16 SOURCE OFF 17 Crash lever Pull down 18 Stand by instruments OFF 19 Oxygen cylinder R H Karman Close NOTE Within 10 minutes following the engine shutdown check engine oil level Refer to chapt...

Page 239: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 4 Normal procedures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 4 3 20 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 240: ...ystems and parts attachments deflections leaks cracks deteriorations non obstructions nicks numbers free movements position In cold weather remove even small accumulations of frost ice or snow from wing tail and control surfaces In case of night flight check good operation of all navigation lights landing lights strobe lights and make sure that an emergency lamp is on board If icing conditions are...

Page 241: ...0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 4 4 2 Preflight inspection 2 16 Continuing WARNING Remove tie downs Refer to section 8 for quantities products and specifications of products and materials currently used Figure 4 4 1 Preflight inspection Continue PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 242: ...light controls lock Removed Stowed NOTE The flight controls lock is normally stowed in the front cargo compartment with the towing bar and the blanking covers 4 Flight controls deflections Check 5 PARK BRAKE ON 6 LANDING GEAR lever DN Engine controls 7 MAN OVRD control Backward CAUTION When the engine is shut down the throttle must not be moved into the reverse area as a lack of hydraulic pressure...

Page 243: ...maximum stop so as to have the door in place 14 BLEED switch OFF RST 15 A C switch OFF 16 DUMP switch NORM Guarded 17 ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE selector Pushed 18 EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob Pushed 19 Breakers panel All breakers checked 20 ELT switch ARM OFF 21 AP TRIMS switch OFF FUEL panel 22 FUEL SEL switch MAN 23 AUX BP switch OFF ENGINE START panel 24 IGNITION switch AUTO or OFF NOTE The IGN...

Page 244: ...tly 30 INT LIGHTS panel All OFF 31 EXT LIGHTS panel All OFF 32 OXYGEN switch OFF 33 PASSENGER OXYGEN switch OFF 34 Emergency lighting Check CAUTION Before selecting source check position of ignition and starter switches 35 IGNITION switch AUTO or OFF 36 STARTER switch OFF 37 LANDING GEAR lever DN 38 SOURCE selector BATT or GPU 39 Standby instrument battery indicator symbol Not displayed If a batte...

Page 245: ...ge around 24 5 V may indicate that only the battery is powering the airplane and not the pair GPU battery Make sure that a GPU is connected and powering the airplane 41 Voltage Check 28 volts NOTE If using a GPU ensure that it provides a 28 volt regulated voltage with negative on earth as well as it supplies 800 amps minimum and 1000 amps maximum See placard located near ground power receptacle do...

Page 246: ...k 3 green ON 54 LIGHT TEST push button Press Check all lights flashing DE ICE SYSTEM panel WARNING Do not touch pitots nor stall warning vane They could be hot enough to burn skin 55 PITOT L HTR switch ON 56 PITOT HT ON L Check ON 57 PITOT R STALL HTR switch ON NOTE Correct operation of pitot PITOT L and R tube heating elements and of stall aural warning system STALL HTR is indicated by display of...

Page 247: ...ormal procedures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 5 Page 4 4 8 Preflight inspection 8 16 Continuing 60 PITOT L HTR switch OFF 61 PITOT R STALL HTR switch OFF 62 Crash lever Pull down Continue PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 248: ...ce All 71 Doors operation Check 72 Stairs condition Condition Play Outside inspection The preflight inspection described in figure 4 4 1 is recommended before each flight NOTE If a preflight inspection is performed just after the engine shutdown be careful because the leading edge of engine air inlet as well as exhaust stubs may be very hot If the airplane was in long term storage or if it has und...

Page 249: ...leron and trim Spoiler Condition Free movement Deflection NOTE Ensure there are no foreign objects in the spoiler recess When ailerons are in the neutral position it is normal that spoilers are lightly extended at upper surface 75 Trailing edge static discharger Condition Number Attachment 76 Winglet nav lights strobe landing light recognition light taxi light Condition 77 OAT probe Condition 78 F...

Page 250: ... 85 Fuel tank drain two on each wing Drain Fuel free of water and contamination NOTE In case of water in fuel system drain it carefully using the four drain valves of tank sumps and the fuel filter drain valve till every trace of water or deposit has disappeared A long term storage of the airplane causes water accumulation in fuel which absorbs additive This phenomenon occurs when an excessive qua...

Page 251: ...ve loads being transmitted to the airplane structure during ground operations Without passengers and baggages on board the unpainted surface of the main gear shock absorber tube must be visible about 55 mm 2 17 in of minimum height with half tank 40 mm 1 57 in of minimum height with full tanks Fuselage forward section IV Forward compartment 90 Inside Check 91 Door Close Lock 92 GPU door Closed If ...

Page 252: ...ck 99 Fuel pipes No leak deterioration wear 100 Engine cowls Condition Closed Locked Air inlets 101 Main No cracks Unobstructed NOTE Check for no cracks which are sometimes put in evidence by traces of soot resulting from exhaust gases 102 Lateral upper Unobstructed NOTE Lateral air inlets which supply air conditioning system and oil cooler are provided with blanking covers It is not the case for ...

Page 253: ... 104 Shock absorber Check 105 Doors Check 106 Tire Check 107 Wheel well Check NOTE Without passengers and baggages on board the unpainted surface of the nose gear shock absorber tube must be visible about 57 mm 2 22 in of minimum height with full tanks 63 mm 2 46 in of minimum height with half tank NOTE Crush or relieve the shock absorber one time or twice before the inspection to remove possible ...

Page 254: ...el tank air vent Unobstructed 119 Right pitot Condition 120 Winglet nav light strobe landing light recognition light taxi light Condition 121 Trailing edge static discharger Condition Number Attachment 122 Aileron spoiler Condition Free movement Deflection 123 Flap Condition Play Rear R H karman 124 Oxygen cylinder Open 125 Oxygen pressure Check 126 Confirm OXYGEN quantity in regards with the expe...

Page 255: ...ck that these two parts are connected by the locking roller 132 Inspection door under fuselage Attachments Closed 133 Horizontal stabilizer deicer boots R H side Condition Attachments 134 Elevator and trim Condition Deflection free movement Trim position NOTE To check the deflection hold the two half elevators near fuselage inside both elevator trims to avoid stresses 135 Static dischargers Condit...

Page 256: ...interference between side upholstery panel and seat housing in low and intermediate positions Pilot seat and R H front seat if occupied Adjust NOTE Adjust seats and harnesses so as to permit access to flight controls The pilot at L H station must be able to easily reach A C and PRESSURIZATION or ECS panel 5 Height adjustment Max UP 6 Fore and aft adjustment Adjust and check locking 7 Height adjust...

Page 257: ...ngers mask deployment 12 Crew oxygen masks Test NOTE Press push button PRESS TO TEST the blinker shall turn red momentarily then turns transparent 13 EXT LIGHTS panel All OFF 14 INT LIGHTS panel All OFF 15 DIMMER switch OFF 16 CABIN switch OFF 17 ACCESS switch OFF 18 PANEL rheostat Fully turned to the left 19 All lights OFF 20 Crash lever Down 21 STARTER switch OFF NOTE If not starter is going to ...

Page 258: ...ver the starter is activated 23 AUX BP switch OFF 24 FUEL SEL switch MAN 25 AP TRIMS switch OFF 26 A C switch OFF 27 CB LIGHTS switch OFF 28 MICRO MASK switch MICRO Guarded 29 DE ICE SYSTEM panel All OFF 30 INERT SEP switch OFF 31 PARK BRAKE Reset ON 32 LANDING GEAR lever DN 33 DUMP switch NORM Guarded 34 BLEED switch OFF RST 35 HOT AIRFLOW distributor Fully turned to the right 36 Pitch trim wheel...

Page 259: ... at start 37 MAN OVRD control Full backward notched CAUTION When the engine is shut down the THROTTLE must not be moved into the reverse area 38 THROTTLE CUT OFF 39 FUEL TANK SELECTOR Open L or R 40 ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE selector Normal Pushed 41 EMERGENCY RAM AIR Closed Pushed 42 ESS BUS TIE switch NORM Guarded 43 Breakers All pushed 44 EMERGENCY LANDING GEAR lever Check End of procedure PIM DO...

Page 260: ... 4 Start clearance As required 5 SOURCE selector BATT battery start or GPU GPU start If one screen L or R PFD or MFD is missing 6 SOURCE selector OFF 7 Wait for 30 seconds 8 SOURCE selector BATT battery start or GPU GPU start If GPU use 9 GPU DOOR Check ON 10 Voltmeter Check 28 Volts 0 5 Volt NOTE Voltage is higher than 24 5 Volts which corresponds to the voltage in case of battery use If battery ...

Page 261: ...lize 22 Fuel onboard Check Quantity Check FUEL TANK SELECTOR L or R 23 Residual ITT Check If residual ITT 150 C 24 Perform procedure Motoring Refer to this chapter NOTE A start up procedure with an engine residual ITT above 150 C may generate an ITT exceedance Particular monitoring of ITT will have to be performed during start up to ensure to keep the temperature within ITT envelope 25 VOLTS BAT 2...

Page 262: ...on 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 4 4 23 Before starting engine 3 3 Continuing NOTE PARK BRAKE appearance does not indicate that parking brake is set For that press on brake pedals before turning brake selector to the right End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 263: ...X BP switch ON 5 AUX BOOST PMP ON Check ON 6 FUEL PRESS Check OFF 7 Propeller area Clear CAUTION If 5 seconds after having positioned the STARTER switch in ON position there is no start interrupt starting attempt using the ABORT position of the STARTER switch CAUTION Starter operation is bound by limitations in chapter 2 4 Starter operating limits 8 STARTER switch ON 2 sec then OFF Simultaneously ...

Page 264: ...e below 150 C within starter operation limits may allow to stay within the allowed ITT envelope during startup sequence When Ng about 13 and ITT below 150 C and time below 20 seconds 12 THROTTLE LO IDLE Abort starting procedure if No ignition 10 seconds after having positioned THROTTLE to LO IDLE lights on max ITT 870 C for more than 20 seconds 1000 C for more than 5 seconds Ng 30 after 30 seconds...

Page 265: ...inuing When Ng 50 and 1 minute max CAUTION If the starter does not go off automatically disengage it using the ABORT position of the STARTER switch 16 Starter Check OFF automatically 17 STARTER Check OFF 18 Engine parameters Check Check 54 Ng 58 oil pressure and ITT in green sector End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 266: ...shutdown in high OAT above 35 C 95 F environment it is recommended to perform a 30 second dry motoring run It is possible that no trace of drainage be observed under engine due to the drainage collector intended to prevent parking area from contamination CAUTION After any starting interrupt procedure wait for engine total shutdown and wait at least 30 seconds before initiating a motoring Engine co...

Page 267: ... ON 2 sec then OFF Simultaneously 11 Timer clock Start 12 STARTER Check ON 13 Motor For 15 sec max 14 STARTER switch ABORT Then OFF 15 STARTER Check OFF To cool engine following shutdown in high temperature environment 16 STARTER switch ON 2 sec then OFF Simultaneously 17 Timer clock Start 18 STARTER Check ON 19 Motor For 30 sec max If ignition symptoms occur ITT increasing 20 IGNITION switch Chec...

Page 268: ...oved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 4 4 29 Motoring 3 3 Continuing 23 STARTER switch ABORT Then OFF 24 STARTER Check OFF FUEL panel 25 AUX BP switch OFF 26 AUX BOOST PMP ON Check OFF 27 FUEL PRESS Check ON End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 269: ...dure This procedure will conserve the battery by taking advantage of first Ng acceleration Engine controls 1 MAN OVRD control Full backward notched CAUTION When the engine is shut down the THROTTLE must not be moved into the reverse area 2 THROTTLE CUT OFF 3 IGNITION switch OFF 4 IGNITION Check OFF Fuel 5 FUEL TANK SELECTOR L or R 6 AUX BP switch ON 7 AUX BOOST PMP ON Check ON 8 FUEL PRESS Check O...

Page 270: ... sec max 1000 C for 5 sec max NOTE No action is required for the following conditions ITT from 850 C to 870 C limited to 20 seconds ITT from 870 C to 1000 C limited to 5 seconds 18 Ng 19 Oil pressure 20 OIL PRESS Check OFF When Ng 50 CAUTION If the starter does not go off automatically disengage it using the ABORT position of the STARTER switch 21 Starter Check OFF automatically 22 STARTER Check O...

Page 271: ... 25 AUX BOOST PMP ON Check OFF Electric power 26 MAIN GEN Check OFF Reset if necessary NOTE MAIN GEN normally goes off as soon as STARTER goes off If MAIN GEN does not go off 27 Ng Increase over 70 To start main generator 28 Generator and battery AMPS Check charge On EIS of MFD 29 Battery and ESS bus VOLTS Check voltage 28 Volts On EIS of MFD End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 272: ... OFF NOTE MAIN GEN normally goes off as soon as STARTER goes off If MAIN GEN does not go off 7 Ng Increase over 70 To start main generator 8 Generator and battery AMPS Check charge On EIS of MFD 9 Battery and ESS bus VOLTS Check voltage 28 Volts On EIS of MFD 10 CAS display Check 11 A C switch As required 12 BLEED switch AUTO When ground personnel is cleared from propeller area 13 Perform procedur...

Page 273: ...IMS switch ON This initializes the A P system 8 PFD 1 MFD and PFD 2 NORMAL mode Perform generator test 9 BLEED switch OFF RST To unload the generator circuit 10 GENERATOR selector Check MAIN 11 AMPS VOLTS Check When MAIN LOAD 80 amps 12 GENERATOR selector ST BY 13 AMPS VOLTS Check If the voltage on the ST BY generator is low close to 27 volts 14 GENERATOR RESET ST BY push button Press To reset ST ...

Page 274: ...he GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck Pilot s Guide 18 Brightness Adjust 19 DISPLAY BACKUP push button Check Then return to NORMAL mode 20 CAS Check Check engine parameters 21 BLEED switch AUTO ECS panel 22 A C switch AUTO NOTE A good cabin temperature regulation will only be obtained if A C switch is set to AUTO 23 PRES MODE switch AUTO 24 CONTROL selector As required 25 TEMP C selector Adjust 26 HOT ...

Page 275: ...xygen percent using the chart figure 4 4 2 Figure 4 4 2 Usable oxygen 4 Determine the oxygen duration in minutes by multiplying the values read on table figure 4 4 3 by the percent obtained with the chart figure 4 4 2 Number of passengers Duration Passengers plus 1 pilot Duration Passengers plus 2 pilots 0 226 113 1 162 94 2 127 81 3 104 71 4 88 65 Figure 4 4 3 Oxygen duration End of procedure PIM...

Page 276: ...Check illumination of the green light located above the switch NOTE Illumination of the green light shows that electric power is supplied to blade root electric resistors It is advised to wait at least a whole half cycle 90 seconds to check that both blade heating systems are correctly supplied with electric power 4 PROP DE ICE switch OFF 5 WINDSHIELD switch ON 6 Check illumination of the green li...

Page 277: ... functioning of deicer boots during 1 total cycle and illumination of the two green lights located above the switch NOTE The cycle lasts 67 seconds Check both inflation impulses and illumination of each corresponding green light the first impulse inflates the external and middle wing boots the second impulse inflates the leading edge boots of empennages and inner wing 11 AIRFRAME DE ICE switch OFF...

Page 278: ...ition 21 FLAPS lever UP Perform MFD flight management 22 Weight computing Set Check 23 FOB fuel on board synchronization Set If requested 24 FPL Set Perform Landing Field Elevation selection on the MFD using 25 Destination airport of the flight plan by pressing SYSTEMS then FMS LFE or 26 A manual entry by pressing SYSTEMS then MAN LFE 27 VHF VOR GPS Adjust Test 28 Radar Stormscope TAS TAWS Radio a...

Page 279: ...ep the spent time with the propeller RPM in the caution yellow range at a minimum 31 THROTTLE FEATHER twice Flight IDLE to LO IDLE then Flight IDLE twice 32 EIS Check 33 CAS display Check 34 Passenger briefing As required 35 TAXI lights ON 36 PARK BRAKE OFF Make sure that chocks are removed if used 37 PARK BRAKE Check OFF End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 280: ... OFF and cause damage to the propeller 1 TAXI lights Check ON 2 THROTTLE As required NOTE After initial acceleration THROTTLE may be in the TAXI range sector avoiding excessive movements in order to keep a constant ground speed 3 Brakes Test 4 Nose wheel steering Check Check that the control wheel moves roll in the same direction as the rudder pedals due to the rudder aileron interconnect 5 Flight...

Page 281: ...h ON 6 STROBE switch ON 7 IGNITION As required AUTO or ON 8 AUX BP switch AUTO 9 FUEL SEL switch AUTO DE ICE SYSTEM panel 10 AIRFRAME DE ICE switch As required 11 PROP DE ICE switch As required 12 WINDSHIELD switch As required 13 PITOT L HTR switch ON 14 PITOT R STALL HTR switch ON 15 INERT SEP switch ON If icing conditions are foreseen 16 Perform procedure Flight into known icing conditions Refer...

Page 282: ...g on the current balance condition 18 Yaw TO Adjust inside green index sector 19 Roll TO Adjust at neutral position 20 FLAPS lever TO 21 Flight controls Check Check again for proper operation from stop to stop full deflection 22 A C switch As required 23 BLEED switch AUTO 24 PRES MODE switch As required AUTO or MAX DIFF 25 LFE Check 26 FUEL gages Check quantity and imbalance Continue PIM DO NOT US...

Page 283: ...tions 27 AMPS Check below 50 amps 28 BAT AMP Check OFF 29 EIS Check 30 CAS display Check All messages OFF except PARK BRAKE and if used INERT SEP ON 31 Altimeter setting Set Check 32 Instruments departure setting Check 33 SID Set 34 ALT SEL Set 35 XPDR Set 36 VHF VOR GPS XPDR Adjust Check 37 Radar Stormscope TAS TAWS ADF if installed Adjust Check On ground maintain radar on STANDBY in order not to...

Page 284: ...1 Rotation airspeed VR Check 42 Pilot s Passengers belts Check 43 Passengers table Stowed 44 Engine instruments Check All engine parameters must be in green range except propeller RPM which will be about 1000 RPM or more with THROTTLE at Flight IDLE 45 PARK BRAKE OFF 46 PARK BRAKE Check OFF End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 285: ...nose up attitude when airplane center of gravity is at a middle average 3 HSI Heading Stand by compass Check NOTE The indication of the stand by compass is disturbed when windshield deice systems are activated 4 OFF TAXI LDG switch LDG 5 Engine instruments Check ITT in green sector 6 CAS display Check All messages OFF except IGNITION and INERT SEP ON if used 7 Apply brakes and increase power 8 PRO...

Page 286: ...goes off when the 3 landing gears are up locked GEAR UNSAFE red warning light ON and GEAR UNSAFE indicate an anomaly refer to chapter 3 7 Emergency procedures It is possible that the 3 landing gear position green indicator lights flash unevenly then go off at the end of the sequence 15 GEAR UNSAFE red warning light and GEAR UNSAFE Check OFF At the end of the sequence In case of initial climb at Vx...

Page 287: ...2 Horizon Check attitude 2 NOTE Horizon has been set so as to indicate a 2 nose up attitude when airplane center of gravity is at a middle average 3 HSI Heading Stand by compass Check NOTE The indication of the stand by compass is disturbed when windshield deice systems are activated 4 OFF TAXI LDG switch LDG 5 Engine instruments Check ITT in green sector 6 CAS display Check All messages OFF excep...

Page 288: ... Apply Briefly 15 LANDING GEAR lever UP Airspeed 150 KIAS NOTE During the sequence The amber caution light flashes It indicates that the landing gear pump is running It goes off when the 3 landing gears are up locked GEAR UNSAFE red warning light ON and GEAR UNSAFE indicate an anomaly refer to chapter 3 7 Emergency procedures It is possible that the 3 landing gear position green indicator lights f...

Page 289: ...ober 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 4 4 50 Short takeoff 3 3 Continuing In case of initial climb at Vx WARNING It is recommended not to retract FLAPS to UP before 500 ft AGL 17 Airspeed 100 KIAS When airspeed above 115 KIAS 18 FLAPS lever UP End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 290: ...31 2013 Rev 4 Page 4 4 51 After takeoff 1 LANDING GEAR lever Check UP 2 FLAPS lever Check UP 3 TRQ Check 100 max 4 Climb airspeed 124 KIAS 5 EIS Check 6 CAS display Check 7 DE ICE SYSTEM panel As required 8 INERT SEP switch As required End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 291: ...ed below 100 at high altitude according to the tables during the final climb reaching the maximum permitted Ng 104 is possible and the ITT will be approximately constant giving a particular value of ITT For a simplified engine operation during climb power may be set first of all by torque using 100 then when the ITT typical value for climb is reached by indicated ITT using this particular value Th...

Page 292: ...gligible imbalance may be observed at the end of climb for example when 10 minutes of climb have been performed on the same fuel tank Consequently it is recommended to select the fullest tank by pressing the SHIFT push button at the beginning of the climb Maximum tolerated imbalance is 15 USG 11 AMPS VOLTS Check CAUTION If heavy precipitation turn IGNITION and INERT SEP switches to ON 12 DE ICE SY...

Page 293: ...tables chapter 5 8 give torque to be applied according to OAT in order not to exceed authorized maximum power When INERT SEP switch is OFF a more accurate setting of torque must then be performed according to cruise performance tables presented in chapter 5 11 4 EIS Check 5 CAS display Check 6 Pressurization Check Regularly check fuel gages for 7 Consumption 8 Expected fuel at destination Before f...

Page 294: ...inuing When the cruise parameters are stabilized after 4 min minimum 12 AMPS VOLTS Check CAUTION If heavy precipitation turn IGNITION and INERT SEP switches to ON 13 DE ICE SYSTEM panel As required Refer to chapter 4 5 14 INERT SEP switch As required 15 LDG lights As required End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 295: ...eavy precipitation turn IGNITION and INERT SEP switches to ON 8 DE ICE SYSTEM panel As required Refer to chapter 4 5 9 Windshield misting protection system As required Prior to descent in moist conditions and to avoid canopy misting 10 HOT AIR FLOW distributor Set to 12 o clock position 11 WINDSHIELD switch ON If misting continues 12 HOT AIR FLOW distributor Turn to the left Or refer to chapter 3 ...

Page 296: ... ON 9 DE ICE SYSTEM panel As required Refer to chapter 4 5 10 Windshield misting protection system As required Prior to descent in moist conditions and to avoid canopy misting 11 HOT AIR FLOW distributor Set to 12 o clock position 12 WINDSHIELD switch ON If misting continues 13 HOT AIR FLOW distributor Turn to the left Or refer to chapter 3 11 paragraph Windshield misting or internal icing 14 INER...

Page 297: ...3 green indicator lights Check ON 8 GEAR UNSAFE red warning light Check OFF 9 GEAR UNSAFE Check OFF 10 Amber light Check OFF NOTE During the sequence The amber caution light flashes It indicates that the landing gear pump is running It goes off when the 3 landing gears are down locked GEAR UNSAFE red warning light ON and GEAR UNSAFE indicate an anomaly refer to chapter 3 7 Emergency procedures It ...

Page 298: ...ust be extended in landing position before crossing the OUTER MARKER Without AP engaged 3 Approach airspeed 85 KIAS With AP engaged 4 Approach airspeed Above 85 KIAS NOTE This is to avoid any vertical deviation in case of late FLAPS extension to LDG position in short final 5 AP YD Disconnect Before 200 ft NOTE The pilot effort required to use the rudder pedals is reduced if the yaw damper is turne...

Page 299: ...er not to use reverse below 40 KIAS 2 Reverse As required Reverse may be applied as soon as the wheels touch the ground NOTE To avoid ingestion of foreign objects come out of the reverse range as speed reduces and use the brakes if necessary for further deceleration NOTE High power reverse at low speed can throw loose material into the air and can cause control problems and decrease the comfort of...

Page 300: ...984 kg If airspeed has been maintained at 80 KIAS or more and TRQ 100 select flaps to TO position as soon as the 10 Up attitude has been attained When the vertical speed is positive and when airspeed is at or above 85 KIAS 5 LANDING GEAR lever UP All warning lights OFF When airspeed is at or above 110 KIAS 6 FLAPS lever UP 7 Climb airspeed As required Weight above 6579 lbs 2984 kg If airspeed has ...

Page 301: ...dures EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 4 4 62 Go around 2 2 Continuing When airspeed is at or above 115 KIAS 9 FLAPS lever UP 10 Climb airspeed As required All 11 TRQ As required End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 302: ...ing the flare may induce a pronounced deceleration which may lead to a drop down of the airplane 1 Takeoff distances Checked Refer to chapter 5 9 2 Rotation airspeed VR Checked After wheels touch 3 FLAPS lever TO 4 Elevator trim Green sector It is faster to use manual elevator trim control than electric one Ensure that runway length is sufficient to complete this sequence Continue PIM DO NOT USE F...

Page 303: ...ower Do not increase power with full flaps as airplane may lift off prematurely at low speed 5 THROTTLE T O power If normal takeoff 6 Attitude 10 Up If short takeoff Weight 6579 lbs 2984 kg 7 Attitude 15 Up Weight 6579 lbs 2984 kg 8 Attitude 12 5 Up NOTE However the POH does not supply distances concerning touch and go These distances are let to pilot s initiative End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE F...

Page 304: ...TAXI lights ON 2 NAV switch OFF 3 STROBE switch OFF DE ICE SYSTEM panel 4 AIRFRAME DE ICE switch OFF 5 PROP DE ICE switch OFF 6 WINDSHIELD switch As required 7 PITOT L HTR switch OFF 8 PITOT R STALL HTR switch OFF 9 INERT SEP switch Check ON 10 Trims Reset to takeoff position 11 FLAPS lever UP 12 A C switch As required 13 XPDR Check GND End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 305: ...Psi 11 THROTTLE Flight IDLE For 2 min NOTE This allows the engine to stabilize at minimum obtainable ITT in order to minimize the likelihood of oil coking in the 3 bearing area 12 THROTTLE LO IDLE For 15 sec NOTE Keep THROTTLE on LO IDLE position for 15 sec minimum before shutting down engine 13 THROTTLE CUT OFF 14 INERT SEP switch OFF Fuel system check 15 AUX BOOST PMP ON Check ON Wait for AUX BP...

Page 306: ...of the bearing cavities and minimize oil coking refer to procedure Motoring Shutdown stand by instruments ESI 2000 normal shutdown procedure 22 No pilot action required for normal shutdown The ESI 2000 will shut down within 5 minutes ESI 2000 manual shutdown procedure NOTE The ESI 2000 can be manually shut down when in the discharge mode to conserve battery power 23 Remove all airplane power from ...

Page 307: ...ition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 4 4 68 Outside check after shutdown 1 Oxygen cylinder R H Karman Close NOTE Within 10 minutes following the engine shutdown check engine oil level Refer to chapter 8 7 Oil level check End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 308: ...e ground or in flight is 5 C or below and visible moisture in any form is present clouds fog with visibility of one mile 1 6 km or less rain snow sleet or ice crystals Icing conditions also exist when the OAT on the ground is 5 C or below and when operating on ramps taxiways or runways where surface snow ice standing water or slush may be ingested by the engine or freeze on engine or cowlings NOTE...

Page 309: ...rving the corresponding green advisory light illumination at each boot inflation impulse If correct operation cannot be confirmed do not enter or leave as soon as possible icing conditions Perform emergency procedure Leading edges deicing failure paragraph 3 11 Ice protection procedures CAUTION Should conditions require it apply these directives from beginning of taxi onwards Prior to entering IMC...

Page 310: ...ield deicing system s operate s When operating under IMC CAUTION Inertial separator position affects engine parameters particularly TRQ and ITT Care must be exercised when operating the inertial separator or when increasing power with the inertial separator ON to avoid exceeding engine limitations 7 INERT SEP switch ON 8 IGNITION switch ON NOTE IGNITION switch may be left ON for a long period 9 IN...

Page 311: ...o ON as long as ice thickness on non deiced visible parts exceeds 15 mm or in This will avoid ice fragments coming from propeller spinner and being ingested by engine Procedures for holding approach and landing in icing conditions Minimum recommended airspeeds are Weight 6579 lbs 2984 kg 6579 lbs 2984 kg FLAPS UP 130 KIAS 135 KIAS FLAPS TO 110 KIAS 115 KIAS FLAPS LDG 90 KIAS 95 KIAS If there is ic...

Page 312: ...count on one side the stall airspeed increase due to profile shape deterioration and on the other side the weight increase of the iced up airplane taking as a basis the airplane maximum weight when not iced up Rate of climb values with ice accumulation on the unprotected surfaces are to be decreased by 10 Cruise airspeeds may be decreased by 10 if cruise power is not changed or more if cruise powe...

Page 313: ...llowing 1 Immediately request priority handling from Air Traffic Control to facilitate a route or an altitude change to exit the severe icing conditions in order to avoid extended exposure to flight conditions more severe than those for which the airplane has been certificated 2 Avoid abrupt and excessive maneuvering that may exacerbate control difficulties 3 Do not engage the autopilot If the aut...

Page 314: ...ded in highly improbable case of an engine flame out further to an important ingestion to ensure immediate restarting without action of the pilot 2 INERT SEP switch ON End of procedure Utilization on runways covered with water If takeoff or landing must be performed on a runway covered with water 1 IGNITION switch ON 2 INERT SEP switch ON End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 315: ...any snow or ice from the wings stabilizers and movable surfaces landing gear wells and gear doors as well as flap tracks actuators and their fairings 2 Spray anti icing fluid on the wings stabilizers and movable surfaces upper and lower surfaces and in the landing gear wells shortly before takeoff Taxiing 3 INERT SEP switch ON 4 INERT SEP ON Check ON 5 FLAPS lever UP 6 Taxi airspeed Max 5 KIAS 7 B...

Page 316: ...unway condition The ground roll may be multiplied by 3 in some melting or not tamped snow cases 10 IGNITION switch ON 11 INERT SEP switch ON 12 INERT SEP ON Check ON Takeoff During takeoff run 13 Lightly lift up nose wheel In order to reduce the forward resistance due to snow accumulation against the wheel After takeoff 14 Normally retract the landing gear then perform a complete cycle extension r...

Page 317: ... Utilization on runways covered with melting or not tamped snow 3 3 Continuing Touch and Go WARNING Touch and Go is prohibited On the ramp after landing or taxiing 18 Do not use the parking brake to prevent brake lock 19 Use chocks and or tie down the airplane End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 318: ...anding gear wells and gear doors as well as flap tracks actuators and their fairings 2 Spray anti icing fluid on the wings stabilizers and movable surfaces upper and lower surfaces shortly before takeoff Taxiing 3 INERT SEP switch ON 4 INERT SEP ON Check ON 5 Taxi airspeed Max 5 KIAS Use β area of THROTTLE to adjust airspeed Apply very smooth variations using THROTTLE 6 Steer the airplane using th...

Page 319: ...nly if necessary and very progressively by monitoring the airplane behaviour NOTE The engine torque tends to make the airplane turn to the left 16 Taxi airspeed Max 5 KIAS Use β area of THROTTLE to adjust airspeed Apply very smooth variations using THROTTLE 17 Steer the airplane using the rudder NOTE Make turns at a very low airspeed engine torque tends to make the airplane turn to the left 18 Use...

Page 320: ... C to 25 C and very cold weather 25 C to 40 C NOTE The procedure hereafter supplements the normal procedures for the airplane use when operating under temperatures between 0 C and 40 C on ground Figure 4 5 1 Operating envelopes by cold weather 0 C to 25 C and very cold weather 25 C to 40 C End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 321: ...rocedure Utilization on icy or covered with tamped snow runways Refer to chapter 4 5 4 Carry out a complete rotation of the propeller to check its free rotation 5 Do not perform a fuel draining If the airplane is operating permanently undernegativetemperatures drainings will have to be performed oncea week after having parked the airplane in a heated hangar 6 Remove chocks and or release ties from...

Page 322: ...erform procedure Utilization on runways covered with melting or not tamped snow Refer to chapter 4 5 or 17 Perform procedure Utilization on icy or covered with tamped snow runways Refer to chapter 4 5 Landing After landing 18 Perform normal procedures defined in chapter s 4 3 and or 4 4 According to the condition of runways and taxiways 19 Perform procedure Utilization on runways covered with melt...

Page 323: ...ARK BRAKE Check OFF NOTE It is recommended not to use the parking brake by cold or very cold weather so that the brakes do not stick when cooling 23 Perform normal procedures defined in chapter s 4 3 and or 4 4 24 Use chocks and or tie down the airplane using anchor points on ground 25 Put blanking caps and plugs on air inlets exhaust stubs pitots and static ports End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE F...

Page 324: ...and movable surfaces According to the condition of runways and taxiways 3 Perform procedure Utilization on runways covered with melting or not tamped snow Refer to chapter 4 5 or 4 Perform procedure Utilization on icy or covered with tamped snow runways Refer to chapter 4 5 5 Spray anti icing fluid on the wings stabilizers and movable surfaces upper and lower surfaces shorthly before takeoff 6 Car...

Page 325: ... Check OFF NOTE This enables to preheat spark igniters before starting the engine Before starting the engine 15 Perform normal procedures defined in Chapter s 4 3 and or 4 4 Engine start CAUTION The starting must be mandatorily performed using an external power source GPU 16 Ground power unit Connected 17 SOURCE selector GPU 18 GPU DOOR Check ON 19 Battery and ESS bus VOLTS Check voltage 28 Volts ...

Page 326: ...TLE CUT OFF FUEL panel 22 AUX BP switch ON 23 AUX BOOST PMP ON Check ON 24 FUEL PRESS Check OFF 25 Propeller area Clear ENGINE START panel 26 IGNITION switch ON 27 IGNITION Check ON 28 STARTER switch ON 2 sec then OFF Simultaneously 29 Timer Start 30 STARTER Check ON When Ng 13 31 THROTTLE HI IDLE Move directly THROTTLE to HI IDLE NOTE The more the temperature is low the more the selector is hard ...

Page 327: ...BORT position of the STARTER switch 32 Starter Check OFF automatically 33 STARTER Check OFF 34 Engine parameters Check Ng 70 2 Oil pressure and ITT in green sector 35 SOURCE selector BATT 36 BAT OFF Check OFF 37 IGNITION switch AUTO 38 IGNITION Check OFF 39 Ground power unit Disconnect 40 GPU door Close 41 GPU DOOR Check OFF FUEL panel 42 AUX BP switch AUTO 43 AUX BOOST PMP ON Check OFF 44 GENERAT...

Page 328: ...anel 46 BLEED switch AUTO 47 CONTROL selector COCKPIT 48 TEMP C selector Max warm As soon as the oil temperature is greater than 0 C 49 THROTTLE FEATHER twice Flight IDLE to LO IDLE then Flight IDLE twice 50 Perform normal procedures defined in chapter s 4 3 and or 4 4 Before taxiing Taxiing Before line up Takeoff 51 Perform procedures defined for Envelope 1 Landing After landing Shutdown 52 Apply...

Page 329: ...he Envelope 2 After engine start As soon as the current flow is lower than 100 A ECS panel 2 BLEED switch AUTO 3 CONTROL selector COCKPIT 4 TEMP C selector Max warm 5 Preheat the cabin respecting time defined in figure 4 5 2 Before switching on the navigation and monitoring systems This allows to respect minimum temperatures necessary for the equipment operation As soon as the oil temperature is g...

Page 330: ...25 C and very cold weather 25 C to 40 C Envelope 3 2 2 Continuing NOTE If landing is foreseen by cold or very cold weather or in case of prolonged operation of the airplane in such conditions it is recommended to prepare the airplane as specified in chapter 8 10 Figure 4 5 2 Preheating duration End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 331: ...on Lateral control is not improved and flare phase is lengthened in time and in distance with increase of piloting difficulties and landing performance During approach with crosswind CAUTION Do not use or select the fuel tank on the low wing side during prolonged sideslips with a fuel low warning or gage indicating low CAUTION Maximum time for sideslip condition is 30 seconds 3 Maintain airplane i...

Page 332: ...he touch this operation may provide pitch oscillations while increasing the yaw movement to the wind Do not deflect ailerons into wind while taxiing This will raise spoilers and have a detrimental effect A good solution is to maintain ailerons to neutral position during taxiing after landing and taxiing before takeoff 7 FLAPS lever UP NOTE Flaps travel is slow and will not have an appreciable effe...

Page 333: ...t the condition of such a runway Particular directives Taxi Takeoff 1 INERT SEP switch ON 2 INERT SEP ON Check ON Do not use the reverse NOTE In fact on a flat runway with grass it is necessary to adopt a power greater than the one obtained when the THROTTLE is set to Flight IDLE so the pilot will not be tempted to use the reverse End of procedure Landing 3 INERT SEP switch ON 4 INERT SEP ON Check...

Page 334: ...s runway 2 2 Continuing NOTE Under 40 KIAS using the reverse makes a cloud of solid particles dusts sand gravels cut grass appear around the front face of the airplane This will damage the propeller and after ingestion the engine internal components compressor and turbine blades End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 335: ... to flight Check the systems availability requirements in the table 2 6 1 in section 2 GNSS GPS SBAS navigation equipment approvals depending on the planned navigation performance GPS flight plan In the active flight plan addition of a STAR or an approach is always made at the end of the flight plan In the scope of these additions the pilot must pay attention not to duplicate points End of procedu...

Page 336: ... 5 8 Engine operation 5 8 1 Maximum climb power FL 200 124 KIAS 5 8 3 Maximum climb power FL 200 124 KIAS 5 8 4 Maximum climb power FL 200 170 KIAS M 0 40 5 8 5 Maximum climb power FL 200 170 KIAS M 0 40 5 8 6 Maximum cruise power FL 200 5 8 7 Maximum cruise power FL 200 5 8 8 Normal recommended cruise power FL 200 5 8 9 Normal recommended cruise power FL 200 5 8 10 5 9 Takeoff distances 5 9 1 Wei...

Page 337: ...limb performance after go around 5 10 9 Climb performance Flaps TO 5 10 10 5 11 Cruise performance 5 11 1 Maximum cruise 5 11 1 Normal cruise Recommended 5 11 9 Long range cruise 5500 lbs 2495 kg 5 11 17 Long range cruise 6300 lbs 2858 kg 5 11 19 Long range cruise 7100 lbs 3220 kg 5 11 21 5 12 Time consumption and descent distance 5 12 1 5 13 Holding time 5 13 1 5 14 Landing distances 5 14 1 Weigh...

Page 338: ...3 Rev 4 Page 5 1 1 5 1 General This section provides all of the required and additional performance data for airplane operations The section 9 Supplements of the POH provides specific airplane performance associated with optional equipment and systems PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 339: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 5 Performance EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 5 1 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 340: ...6 4 dB A ICAO Annex 16 Vol 1 6th edition Amdt 8 Chapter 10 Appendix 6 85 dB A 76 4 dB A Approved noise levels for TBM airplane are stated in EASA A 010 Type Certificate Data Sheet NOTE No determination has been made by the Federal Aviation Administration that the noise levels of this airplane are or should be acceptable or unacceptable for operation at into or out of any airport PIM DO NOT USE FOR...

Page 341: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 5 Performance EASA Approved Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 5 2 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 342: ...DN Flaps LDG LDG GR DN KIAS KCAS KIAS KCAS KIAS KCAS 125 150 175 200 225 250 266 128 154 179 205 230 255 271 70 80 90 100 120 140 160 69 80 90 101 121 141 162 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 58 68 78 88 98 108 118 MPH IAS MPH CAS MPH IAS MPH CAS MPH IAS MPH CAS 144 173 201 230 259 288 307 147 177 206 236 264 293 312 81 92 104 115 138 161 184 79 92 104 116 139 162 187 69 81 92 104 115 127 138 67 78 90 101 ...

Page 343: ...271 124 149 174 199 224 249 270 70 80 90 100 120 140 160 70 80 90 100 120 139 159 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 59 69 79 90 100 110 120 MPH IAS MPH CAS MPH IAS MPH CAS MPH IAS MPH CAS 144 173 201 230 259 288 312 142 171 200 229 258 287 311 81 92 104 115 138 161 184 81 92 104 115 138 160 183 69 81 92 104 115 127 138 68 79 91 104 115 127 138 Figure 5 3 2 Alternate static source Bleed auto PIM DO NOT USE F...

Page 344: ... curve shows the minimum cabin altitude as a function of flight level corresponding to the maximum differential pressure The maximum differential pressure is limited by the pressurization system protection function Figure 5 4 1 Cabin pressurization envelope 260 240 220 180 140 160 200 280 300 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 Cabin altitude feet Pressurization useful envelope 9350 ft cabin Δ...

Page 345: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 5 Performance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 5 4 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 346: ...03 02 07 08 17 18 27 28 6000 17 16 07 06 03 04 13 14 23 24 8000 21 20 11 10 01 00 09 10 19 20 10000 25 24 15 14 05 04 05 06 15 16 12000 29 28 19 18 09 08 01 02 11 12 14000 33 32 23 22 13 12 03 02 07 08 16000 37 36 27 26 17 16 07 06 03 04 18000 41 40 31 30 21 20 11 10 01 00 20000 45 44 35 34 25 24 15 14 05 04 22000 49 48 39 38 29 28 19 18 09 08 24000 53 52 43 42 33 32 23 22 13 12 26000 57 56 47 46 ...

Page 347: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 5 Performance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 5 5 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 348: ...9 75 63 90 84 73 91 87 75 93 89 75 105 100 86 5512 lbs 2500 kg UP DN DN UP TO LDG 70 66 57 71 67 57 81 76 66 75 71 61 76 72 61 86 82 70 82 78 68 84 80 68 94 90 78 98 93 81 100 95 81 113 107 93 6579 lbs 2984 kg UP DN DN UP TO LDG 75 71 61 76 72 61 86 82 70 80 75 66 82 77 66 92 86 76 88 84 73 90 86 73 101 97 84 105 100 86 107 102 86 121 115 99 7394 lbs 3354 kg UP DN DN UP TO LDG 81 77 65 83 77 65 93...

Page 349: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 5 Performance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 5 6 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 350: ...ormance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 5 7 1 5 7 Wind components Figure 5 7 1 Wind components Example Angle between wind direction and flight path 50 Headwind 8 kts Crosswind 10 kts Wind speed 13 kts PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 351: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 5 Performance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 5 7 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 352: ...tables is the version 0719 10 or later This information is displayed on the MFD power up page upon system start CAUTION The TRQ setting must never exceed 100 When setting TRQ Ng must never exceed 104 The following conditions are given for all the tables pages 5 8 3 to 5 8 10 NOTE Inertial separator must be OFF and BLEED HI msg OFF Landing gear and flaps UP BLEED switch on AUTO represent the ISA co...

Page 353: ...the maximum torque to be set Maximum climb power TRQ setting 82 for IAS 124 KIAS Add 0 5 of TRQ for each additional 10 KIAS on climb airspeed cf tables figures 5 8 1 and 5 8 1A Maximum cruise power TRQ setting 96 cf tables figures 5 8 3 and 5 8 3A Recommended cruise power TRQ setting 91 cf tables figures 5 8 4 and 5 8 4A PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 354: ...200 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 100 10 99 8 97 6 100 95 4 98 94 2 100 97 92 0 99 94 90 2 100 97 92 87 4 99 94 89 84 6 100 96 91 86 81 8 99 93 88 84 79 10 100 96 91 86 81 77 12 98 93 88 83 79 74 14 100 96 90 85 81 76 71 16 100 97 93 87 83 78 73 18 99 94 90 85 80 75 20 100 96 91 87 82 77 22 98 93 88 84 79 24 100 95 90 85 81 26 100 97 92 87 83 28 98 93 89 84 30 95 90 86 32 92 87 34 89 Figure 5 8 1 Maximum c...

Page 355: ...1 87 83 79 75 71 34 98 94 90 86 81 77 74 70 32 97 93 89 84 80 76 72 69 30 100 96 92 87 83 79 75 71 68 28 99 95 91 86 82 78 74 70 67 26 97 93 89 85 81 77 73 69 65 24 100 96 92 88 84 79 75 72 68 64 22 99 95 91 87 82 78 74 70 66 63 20 98 94 89 85 81 77 73 69 65 61 18 100 96 92 88 84 80 76 71 67 63 59 16 99 95 91 87 82 78 74 70 65 61 58 14 98 93 89 85 81 76 72 68 64 60 56 12 100 96 92 88 84 79 74 70 6...

Page 356: ...160 170 180 190 200 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 100 6 99 4 97 2 100 94 0 100 97 91 2 99 94 89 4 100 96 91 86 6 98 93 89 84 8 100 96 91 86 81 10 98 93 88 83 78 12 100 95 90 85 80 76 14 100 97 92 87 82 78 73 16 99 94 89 84 80 75 18 100 96 91 86 81 77 20 98 93 88 84 79 22 100 95 90 85 81 24 100 97 92 87 83 26 98 94 89 84 28 100 95 91 86 30 97 92 88 32 94 89 34 91 Figure 5 8 2 Maximum climb power FL 200...

Page 357: ... 90 85 81 77 72 34 98 93 88 84 80 75 71 32 96 92 87 83 78 74 70 30 100 95 90 86 81 77 73 69 28 98 94 89 85 80 76 72 68 26 97 93 88 83 79 75 71 67 24 100 96 91 87 82 78 74 70 65 22 99 95 90 85 81 76 72 68 64 20 98 93 89 84 79 75 71 66 62 18 100 96 92 87 82 78 73 69 64 60 16 99 95 90 85 81 76 71 67 63 59 14 97 93 88 84 79 74 70 65 61 56 12 100 95 91 86 82 77 72 68 63 59 54 10 98 94 89 84 80 75 70 65...

Page 358: ... HI msg ON T C Flight level FL OAT 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 2 100 4 97 6 100 94 8 97 91 10 100 94 88 12 100 96 91 86 14 98 93 88 83 16 100 96 90 85 18 98 93 87 20 100 95 90 22 97 92 24 100 94 26 100 96 28 98 30 100 32 100 34 100 Figure 5 8 3 Maximum cruise power FL 200 NOTE Refer to page 5 8 1 for general conditions CAUTION TRQ max 100 NG max 10...

Page 359: ... 85 81 32 99 94 89 84 79 30 97 92 87 83 78 28 96 91 86 81 77 26 100 94 89 84 80 75 24 98 93 88 83 78 73 22 96 91 86 81 76 71 20 100 95 89 84 79 74 69 18 98 93 87 82 77 72 67 16 100 96 91 85 80 75 70 66 14 99 94 88 83 78 73 68 63 12 97 92 86 81 76 71 66 61 10 100 95 89 84 79 73 68 63 59 8 98 92 87 81 76 71 66 61 57 6 100 95 89 84 79 73 68 64 59 4 98 92 87 81 76 71 66 62 2 100 95 89 84 79 74 69 64 0...

Page 360: ...180 190 200 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 100 2 98 0 100 95 2 98 93 4 100 95 90 6 98 92 87 8 100 94 89 84 10 100 97 91 86 81 12 99 94 88 83 78 14 100 96 91 85 80 76 16 98 93 88 83 78 18 100 95 90 85 80 20 100 97 92 87 82 22 99 94 89 84 24 100 96 91 86 26 100 98 92 88 28 99 94 89 30 100 96 91 32 98 93 34 95 Figure 5 8 4 Normal recommended cruise power FL 200 NOTE Refer to page 5 8 1 for general con...

Page 361: ...0 75 30 98 93 88 83 78 74 28 96 91 86 81 77 72 26 100 95 90 85 80 75 71 24 98 93 88 83 78 73 69 22 100 96 91 86 81 76 71 67 20 99 94 89 84 79 74 69 65 18 97 92 87 82 77 72 67 63 16 100 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 14 98 93 88 83 78 72 67 62 58 12 100 96 91 86 80 75 70 65 60 56 10 99 94 88 83 77 72 67 63 58 54 8 100 96 91 85 80 75 70 65 61 56 52 6 99 93 88 83 78 73 68 63 58 54 4 100 96 90 85 80 75 70 65...

Page 362: ... be necessary to cut off the BLEED in order to set TRQ 100 during takeoff while respecting the engine limitations In this case reduce power after takeoff to set the BLEED switch to AUTO In SL ISA conditions nominal Np is of 1985 RPM Corrections In case of wind apply the following corrections Reduce total distances by 10 every 10 kts of headwind Increase total distances by 30 every 10 kts of tail w...

Page 363: ...265 850 1340 905 1415 4000 800 1260 885 1380 935 1460 990 1545 6000 880 1375 965 1505 1025 1595 1090 1690 8000 965 1500 1060 1645 1140 1765 1220 1880 Pressure altitude ft ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C ISA 37 C GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 0 865 1365 920 1435 965 1505 1000 1555 2000 955 1490 1005 1565 1060 1645 1100 1705 4000 1050 1625 1110 1720 1180 1825 1230 1895 6000 1165 1800 1240 1910 1320 2020 13...

Page 364: ...1285 1820 1355 1915 4000 1215 1725 1325 1875 1400 1975 1475 2075 6000 1320 1865 1445 2030 1545 2160 1645 2305 8000 1435 2020 1600 2240 1715 2400 1850 2570 Pressure altitude ft ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C ISA 37 C GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 0 1310 1855 1375 1940 1440 2030 1490 2090 2000 1425 2010 1500 2110 1595 2235 1660 2320 4000 1580 2205 1675 2345 1790 2485 1865 2590 6000 1755 2455 1880 2615 200...

Page 365: ... 1770 2445 1860 2560 4000 1685 2325 1820 2505 1910 2630 2045 2785 6000 1810 2500 1970 2710 2130 2930 2290 3135 8000 1960 2695 2220 3045 2410 3265 2590 3490 Pressure altitude ft ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C ISA 37 C GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 0 1800 2485 1880 2595 1965 2705 2060 2810 2000 1945 2675 2080 2865 2215 3040 2325 3160 4000 2185 3000 2355 3200 2500 3385 2610 3520 6000 2470 3340 2640 3550 28...

Page 366: ...5 2830 2810 2795 2775 4000 2840 2820 2805 2785 2765 2750 6000 2810 2790 2770 2750 2735 2710 8000 2775 2755 2735 2710 2690 2665 6594 lbs 2991 kg SL 2440 2425 2410 2400 2380 2365 2000 2415 2400 2385 2365 2350 2330 4000 2395 2375 2360 2340 2325 2305 6000 2365 2345 2330 2310 2290 2270 8000 2335 2315 2290 2270 2250 2230 7394 lbs 3354 kg SL 2080 2065 2050 2040 2020 2005 2000 2055 2040 2025 2005 1990 197...

Page 367: ...280 2 250 2 220 2 190 6000 2 305 2 270 2 235 2 205 2 170 2 140 8000 2 260 2 225 2 190 2 155 2 120 2 085 6594 lbs 2991 kg SL 2 075 2 050 2 025 2 000 1 975 1 955 2000 2 045 2 015 1 990 1 965 1 935 1 910 4000 2 010 1 985 1 950 1 920 1 895 1 865 6000 1 975 1 940 1 910 1 880 1 850 1 820 8000 1 930 1 900 1 870 1 835 1 805 1 770 7394 lbs 3354 kg SL 1 800 1 775 1 755 1 730 1 710 1 685 2000 1 770 1 745 1 7...

Page 368: ... 11 8 2 8 4 6000 02 15 11 9 3 0 4 02 30 13 10 3 5 5 03 00 16 12 4 1 6 8000 03 00 15 12 3 9 6 03 30 18 14 4 6 7 04 00 21 16 5 5 8 10000 03 30 18 14 4 9 8 04 15 22 17 5 7 9 05 00 26 20 6 8 11 12000 04 15 22 17 5 8 9 05 15 26 20 6 8 11 06 00 30 24 8 0 13 14000 05 00 25 20 6 7 11 06 00 30 23 7 9 13 07 15 35 28 9 3 16 16000 05 45 29 23 7 6 13 07 00 34 27 9 0 15 08 15 40 32 10 6 18 18000 06 30 32 25 8 5...

Page 369: ...11 9 2 9 4 6000 02 15 12 9 3 1 5 02 30 14 11 3 6 5 03 00 16 13 4 3 6 8000 03 00 15 12 4 1 6 03 30 18 14 4 8 7 04 00 21 17 5 7 9 10000 03 45 19 15 5 0 8 04 15 22 18 5 9 10 05 15 27 21 7 0 11 12000 04 30 23 18 6 0 10 05 15 27 21 7 1 12 06 15 32 25 8 4 14 14000 05 15 26 21 6 9 12 06 15 31 24 8 2 14 07 15 37 29 9 7 17 16000 06 00 30 23 7 9 14 07 00 35 28 9 3 16 08 15 42 33 11 0 19 18000 06 45 33 26 8 ...

Page 370: ... 0 4 6 000 02 15 12 9 3 2 5 02 30 14 11 3 8 6 03 00 17 13 4 5 7 8 000 03 00 16 12 4 2 7 03 30 19 15 5 0 8 04 15 22 17 5 9 9 10 000 03 45 20 15 5 2 8 04 30 23 18 6 2 10 05 15 28 22 7 3 12 12 000 04 30 23 18 6 2 10 05 15 28 22 7 3 12 06 15 33 26 8 7 15 14 000 05 15 27 21 7 2 12 06 15 32 25 8 5 15 07 30 38 30 10 1 18 16 000 06 00 31 24 8 1 14 07 15 37 29 9 7 17 08 30 44 34 11 5 21 18 000 06 45 34 27 ...

Page 371: ...12 9 3 1 6 6000 02 30 13 10 3 5 7 03 00 15 12 4 0 8 03 30 18 14 4 7 10 8000 03 30 17 14 4 6 10 04 00 20 16 5 4 11 04 30 23 18 6 2 13 10000 04 15 22 17 5 7 12 05 00 25 20 6 7 15 05 45 29 23 7 7 17 12000 05 15 26 20 6 8 15 06 00 30 24 7 9 18 07 00 35 27 9 2 21 14000 06 00 30 24 7 9 18 07 00 35 27 9 3 22 08 15 41 32 10 8 25 16000 07 00 34 27 9 1 22 08 15 40 31 10 6 25 09 30 47 37 12 3 29 18000 08 00 ...

Page 372: ...2 10 3 3 7 6000 02 30 14 11 3 6 8 03 00 16 13 4 2 9 03 30 19 15 4 9 10 8000 03 30 18 14 4 8 10 04 00 21 17 5 6 12 04 45 25 19 6 5 14 10000 04 30 23 18 6 0 13 05 15 26 21 7 0 16 06 00 31 24 8 1 18 12000 05 15 27 21 7 2 16 06 15 32 25 8 4 19 07 15 37 29 9 7 22 14000 06 15 32 25 8 4 20 07 15 37 29 9 8 23 08 30 43 34 11 4 27 16000 07 15 36 28 9 5 23 08 30 42 33 11 2 27 10 00 49 39 13 0 32 18000 08 15 ...

Page 373: ...10 3 5 7 6000 02 45 14 11 3 8 8 03 00 17 13 4 5 9 03 30 20 15 5 2 11 8000 03 30 19 15 5 1 11 04 15 22 18 5 9 13 05 00 26 20 6 9 15 10000 04 30 24 19 6 3 14 05 15 28 22 7 4 17 06 15 33 26 8 6 19 12000 05 30 29 22 7 5 18 06 30 33 26 8 8 21 07 30 39 31 10 3 24 14000 06 30 33 26 8 8 21 07 30 39 31 10 3 25 09 00 46 36 12 0 29 16000 07 30 38 30 10 1 25 08 45 45 35 11 8 29 10 15 52 41 13 8 34 18000 08 30...

Page 374: ...0 4000 1585 1545 1525 1500 1480 1455 1435 6000 1555 1515 1490 1465 1440 1420 1395 8000 1520 1480 1455 1430 1400 1375 1345 Conditions Landing gear DN and flaps LDG IAS 95 KIAS Airplane weight Pressure altitude feet Rate of climb ft min ISA 35 C ISA 20 C ISA 10 C ISA ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C 7394 lbs 3354 kg SL 1350 1320 1295 1275 1255 1235 1215 2000 1325 1290 1265 1245 1225 1205 1180 4000 1295 12...

Page 375: ...0 4000 2265 2245 2230 2215 2200 2180 2165 6000 2250 2225 2210 2190 2175 2155 2135 8000 2235 2205 2185 2165 2145 2130 2110 Conditions Landing gear UP and flaps TO IAS 115 KIAS Airplane weight Pressure altitude feet Rate of climb ft min ISA 35 C ISA 20 C ISA 10 C ISA ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C 7394 lbs 3354 kg SL 1985 1965 1955 1940 1930 1915 1900 2000 1970 1950 1940 1925 1910 1890 1875 4000 1955 19...

Page 376: ...g Handbook Section 5 Performance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 6 Page 5 11 1 5 11 Cruise performance Maximum cruise 7100 lbs 6300 lbs Figure 5 11 1 Cruise performance Maximum cruise PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 377: ...230 262 230 261 229 260 15000 34 100 265 208 70 1 226 276 225 275 224 275 18000 40 100 256 201 67 7 223 285 222 285 221 284 20000 44 100 251 197 66 2 221 292 220 291 219 290 21000 46 100 248 195 65 6 220 295 219 294 218 293 22000 48 100 246 193 65 0 219 299 218 298 217 296 23000 50 100 244 192 64 5 218 302 217 301 216 300 24000 52 100 243 190 64 1 217 306 216 304 215 303 25000 54 100 241 189 63 7 ...

Page 378: ...229 265 228 265 228 264 15000 24 100 268 210 70 8 224 280 223 279 222 278 18000 30 100 259 203 68 4 221 289 220 288 219 287 20000 34 100 253 199 66 9 219 296 218 295 217 294 21000 36 100 251 197 66 2 218 299 217 298 216 297 22000 38 100 249 195 65 7 217 303 216 302 215 300 23000 40 100 247 194 65 1 216 306 215 305 214 304 24000 42 100 245 192 64 7 215 310 214 309 213 307 25000 44 100 243 191 64 3 ...

Page 379: ...228 267 227 266 227 265 15000 19 100 269 211 71 2 223 282 222 281 222 280 18000 25 100 260 204 68 7 220 291 219 290 218 289 20000 29 100 254 200 67 2 218 298 217 297 216 296 21000 31 100 252 198 66 5 217 301 216 300 215 299 22000 33 100 250 196 66 0 216 305 215 304 214 302 23000 35 100 248 195 65 5 215 308 214 307 213 306 24000 37 100 246 193 65 0 214 312 213 311 212 309 25000 39 100 244 192 64 6 ...

Page 380: ... 227 268 227 268 226 267 15000 14 100 271 213 71 5 222 283 222 283 221 282 18000 20 100 261 205 69 0 219 293 219 292 218 291 20000 24 100 256 201 67 6 217 300 216 299 215 297 21000 26 100 253 199 66 9 216 303 215 302 214 301 22000 28 100 251 197 66 3 215 307 214 306 213 304 23000 30 100 249 195 65 8 214 310 213 309 212 308 24000 32 100 247 194 65 3 213 314 212 313 211 311 25000 34 100 246 193 64 9...

Page 381: ...3 226 270 226 269 225 269 15000 9 100 272 214 72 0 221 285 221 284 220 283 18000 15 100 263 206 69 4 218 295 218 294 217 293 20000 19 100 257 202 67 9 216 302 216 301 215 299 21000 21 100 254 200 67 2 215 305 215 304 213 303 22000 23 100 252 198 66 6 214 309 214 308 212 306 23000 25 100 250 196 66 1 213 312 213 311 211 309 24000 27 100 248 195 65 7 212 316 212 315 210 313 25000 29 100 247 194 65 2...

Page 382: ... 7 226 272 225 271 224 270 15000 4 100 274 215 72 3 221 287 220 286 219 285 18000 10 100 264 207 69 7 218 297 217 296 216 294 20000 14 100 258 203 68 3 216 303 215 302 214 301 21000 16 100 256 201 67 6 215 307 214 306 213 304 22000 18 100 254 199 67 0 214 311 213 309 211 308 23000 20 100 252 197 66 5 212 314 212 313 210 311 24000 22 100 250 196 66 0 212 318 211 317 209 315 25000 24 100 248 195 65 ...

Page 383: ...7 76 5 224 275 224 274 223 273 15000 6 100 276 217 73 0 219 290 218 289 217 288 18000 0 100 266 209 70 4 216 300 215 299 214 298 20000 4 100 261 205 69 0 214 307 213 306 212 304 21000 6 100 258 203 68 3 213 311 212 309 211 308 22000 8 100 256 201 67 6 212 314 211 313 210 311 23000 10 100 254 200 67 1 211 318 210 317 209 315 24000 12 97 246 193 65 0 208 319 206 317 205 314 25000 14 94 238 187 62 8 ...

Page 384: ...ating Handbook Section 5 Performance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 6 Page 5 11 9 Normal cruise Recommended 7100 lbs 6300 lbs Figure 5 11 9 Cruise performance Recommended cruise PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 385: ...8 73 3 230 262 230 261 229 260 15000 34 100 265 208 70 1 226 276 225 275 224 275 18000 40 100 256 201 67 7 223 285 222 285 221 284 20000 44 100 251 197 66 2 221 292 220 291 219 290 21000 46 100 248 195 65 6 220 295 219 294 218 293 22000 48 100 246 193 65 0 219 299 218 298 217 296 23000 50 100 244 192 64 5 218 302 217 301 216 300 24000 52 100 243 190 64 1 217 306 216 304 215 303 25000 54 100 241 18...

Page 386: ...20 74 2 229 265 228 265 228 264 15000 24 100 268 210 70 8 224 280 223 279 222 278 18000 30 100 259 203 68 4 221 289 220 288 219 287 20000 34 100 253 199 66 9 219 296 218 295 217 294 21000 36 100 251 197 66 2 218 299 217 298 216 297 22000 38 100 249 195 65 7 217 303 216 302 215 300 23000 40 100 247 194 65 1 216 306 215 305 214 304 24000 42 100 245 192 64 7 215 310 214 309 213 307 25000 44 100 243 1...

Page 387: ...21 74 5 228 267 227 266 227 265 15000 19 100 269 211 71 2 223 282 222 281 222 280 18000 25 100 260 204 68 7 220 291 219 290 218 289 20000 29 100 254 200 67 2 218 298 217 297 216 296 21000 31 100 252 198 66 5 217 301 216 300 215 299 22000 33 100 250 196 66 0 216 305 215 304 214 302 23000 35 100 248 195 65 5 215 308 214 307 213 306 24000 37 100 246 193 65 0 214 312 213 311 212 309 25000 39 100 244 1...

Page 388: ...223 74 9 227 268 227 268 226 267 15000 14 100 271 213 71 5 222 283 222 283 221 282 18000 20 100 261 205 69 0 219 293 219 292 218 291 20000 24 100 256 201 67 6 217 300 216 299 215 297 21000 26 100 253 199 66 9 216 303 215 302 214 301 22000 28 100 251 197 66 3 215 307 214 306 213 304 23000 30 100 249 195 65 8 214 310 213 309 212 308 24000 32 100 247 194 65 3 213 314 212 313 211 311 25000 34 100 246 ...

Page 389: ... 224 75 3 226 270 226 269 225 269 15000 9 100 272 214 72 0 221 285 221 284 220 283 18000 15 100 263 206 69 4 218 295 218 294 217 293 20000 19 100 257 202 67 9 216 302 216 301 215 299 21000 21 100 254 200 67 2 215 305 215 304 213 303 22000 23 100 252 198 66 6 214 309 214 308 212 306 23000 25 100 250 196 66 1 213 312 213 311 211 309 24000 27 100 248 195 65 7 212 316 212 315 210 313 25000 29 100 247 ...

Page 390: ...7 225 75 7 226 272 225 271 224 270 15000 4 100 274 215 72 3 221 287 220 286 219 285 18000 10 100 264 207 69 7 218 297 217 296 216 294 20000 14 100 258 203 68 3 216 303 215 302 214 301 21000 16 100 256 201 67 6 215 307 214 306 213 304 22000 18 100 254 199 67 0 214 311 213 309 211 308 23000 20 100 252 197 66 5 212 314 212 313 210 311 24000 22 100 250 196 66 0 212 318 211 317 209 315 25000 24 98 244 ...

Page 391: ...0 290 227 76 5 224 275 224 274 223 273 15000 6 100 276 217 73 0 219 290 218 289 217 288 18000 0 100 266 209 70 4 216 300 215 299 214 298 20000 4 100 261 205 69 0 214 307 213 306 212 304 21000 6 99 256 201 67 6 212 309 211 308 210 306 22000 8 96 248 195 65 6 209 310 208 309 206 307 23000 10 94 241 189 63 7 206 311 205 309 203 307 24000 12 91 234 184 61 8 203 311 201 310 200 307 25000 14 88 226 178 ...

Page 392: ...148 22 147 12 145 2 143 37 4 37 9 38 4 38 7 38 9 111 196 113 199 114 202 115 203 116 204 20000 38 44 150 34 148 24 147 14 146 4 144 37 0 37 3 37 9 38 4 38 7 110 201 111 202 112 205 114 208 115 209 21000 38 46 148 36 147 26 146 16 145 6 144 36 0 36 6 37 1 37 6 38 2 107 201 109 204 110 207 112 210 113 213 22000 38 48 147 38 146 28 145 18 143 8 142 35 3 35 8 36 4 36 6 37 2 105 203 106 206 108 209 109...

Page 393: ...50 36 148 26 146 16 145 34 6 35 1 35 4 35 6 36 2 103 223 104 226 105 228 106 230 108 233 27 000 44 57 152 47 151 37 150 27 148 17 147 34 6 35 1 35 7 36 0 36 5 103 228 104 232 106 235 107 237 108 241 28 000 45 59 153 49 152 39 151 29 149 19 147 34 5 35 1 35 7 36 0 36 3 103 233 104 237 106 241 107 243 108 245 29 000 45 61 153 51 151 41 150 31 148 21 146 34 3 34 6 35 2 35 5 35 7 102 237 103 240 104 2...

Page 394: ...54 22 152 12 151 2 150 40 0 40 3 40 7 41 3 41 9 119 205 120 207 121 209 123 211 124 214 20 000 42 44 154 34 153 24 151 14 150 4 149 38 9 39 5 39 9 40 5 41 1 116 206 117 209 118 211 120 214 122 216 21 000 43 46 153 36 152 26 151 16 150 6 149 38 2 38 7 39 4 39 9 40 6 113 208 115 211 117 214 119 217 121 220 22 000 43 48 152 38 151 28 150 18 149 8 148 37 4 38 0 38 6 39 2 39 8 111 210 113 213 115 216 1...

Page 395: ...50 36 148 26 147 16 146 35 9 36 2 36 6 37 2 37 8 107 224 108 226 109 228 111 232 112 235 27 000 46 57 154 47 152 37 150 27 148 17 147 36 2 36 5 36 9 37 2 37 8 107 231 108 233 109 235 111 237 112 241 28 000 48 59 156 49 154 39 152 29 151 19 149 36 5 36 8 37 2 37 8 38 2 108 238 109 240 111 243 112 246 113 248 29 000 48 61 155 51 153 41 151 31 149 21 147 36 1 36 4 36 8 37 1 37 4 107 240 108 243 109 2...

Page 396: ...59 22 158 12 157 2 156 42 0 42 6 43 3 44 0 44 6 125 210 127 213 129 217 131 219 133 222 20 000 48 44 160 34 159 24 157 14 156 4 155 41 4 42 1 42 5 43 2 43 9 123 214 125 217 126 219 128 222 130 225 21 000 48 46 158 36 157 26 156 16 155 6 154 40 4 41 1 41 8 42 4 43 1 120 214 122 218 124 221 126 224 128 227 22 000 48 48 157 38 156 28 155 18 153 8 152 39 8 40 4 41 0 41 4 42 1 118 217 120 220 122 223 1...

Page 397: ...51 36 150 26 149 16 148 37 4 37 9 38 5 39 2 39 8 111 226 113 228 114 231 117 235 118 238 27 000 50 57 155 47 153 37 151 27 149 17 148 37 7 38 1 38 5 39 0 39 6 112 232 113 235 114 237 116 239 118 242 28 000 51 59 157 49 154 39 152 29 150 19 149 38 1 38 2 38 7 39 1 39 8 113 239 114 240 115 243 116 245 118 248 29 000 52 61 156 51 154 41 152 31 150 21 148 37 7 38 1 38 6 39 0 39 5 112 242 113 244 115 2...

Page 398: ...29 23 7 8 48 24000 16 00 55 43 14 5 73 12 00 37 29 9 8 55 09 35 28 22 7 3 44 22000 14 40 51 40 13 4 66 11 00 34 27 9 1 50 08 50 26 20 6 8 40 20000 13 20 47 37 12 3 59 10 00 32 25 8 4 44 08 00 24 19 6 3 35 18000 12 00 42 33 11 1 53 09 00 29 23 7 6 39 07 10 22 17 5 8 31 16000 10 40 38 30 10 0 46 08 00 26 20 6 8 34 06 25 20 15 5 2 27 14000 09 20 33 26 8 8 40 07 00 23 18 6 1 30 05 35 18 14 4 6 24 1200...

Page 399: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 5 Performance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 5 12 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 400: ...ng holding time Weight 5500 lbs 2495 kg Weight 6300 lbs 2858 kg 10 min 30 min 10 min 30 min l kg USG l kg USG l kg USG l kg USG SL 30 23 7 8 89 70 23 5 30 24 8 0 91 71 24 1 5000 26 21 6 9 79 62 20 8 27 21 7 1 81 64 21 4 10000 24 18 6 2 71 55 18 7 24 19 6 5 73 58 19 4 15000 22 17 5 8 66 51 17 3 23 18 6 0 69 54 18 1 20000 20 16 5 3 60 47 15 9 21 17 5 6 63 50 16 7 Figure 5 13 1 Holding time PIM DO NO...

Page 401: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 5 Performance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 5 13 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 402: ...ry and level runway In table headings GR Ground roll in ft D50 Landing distance clear to 50 ft in ft Corrections In case of wind apply the following corrections Reduce total distances by 10 every 10 kts of headwind Increase total distances by 30 every 10 kts of tail wind Other runway surfaces Landing distances given in the tables are for landing on hard dry and level runway Other runway surfaces r...

Page 403: ...000 1805 2395 1940 2560 2035 2660 2135 2790 6000 1940 2560 2100 2725 2200 2855 2300 2955 8000 2100 2725 2265 2920 2360 3020 2495 3180 Pressure altitude ft ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C ISA 37 C GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 0 1905 2530 2000 2625 2070 2690 2135 2790 2000 2070 2690 2135 2790 2230 2890 2300 2955 4000 2230 2890 2330 2985 2430 3085 2495 3185 6000 2395 3050 2530 3215 2625 3315 2690 3380 8000...

Page 404: ...000 1180 2100 1280 2230 1345 2330 1410 2395 6000 1280 2230 1380 2360 1445 2460 1510 2525 8000 1380 2360 1475 2490 1540 2590 1610 2690 Pressure altitude ft ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C ISA 37 C GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 0 1280 2200 1310 2300 1380 2360 1445 2430 2000 1345 2330 1410 2430 1475 2495 1540 2560 4000 1445 2460 1510 2560 1575 2655 1640 2755 6000 1575 2645 1640 2720 1705 2820 1770 2920 8000...

Page 405: ...00 1000 2100 1080 2230 1150 2330 1200 2395 6000 1080 2230 1180 2360 1230 2460 1280 2525 8000 1180 2360 1245 2490 1310 2590 1360 2690 Pressure altitude ft ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C ISA 37 C GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 0 1080 2200 1115 2300 1180 2360 1230 2430 2000 1150 2330 1200 2430 1245 2495 1310 2560 4000 1230 2460 1280 2560 1345 2655 1395 2755 6000 1345 2645 1395 2720 1445 2820 1510 2920 8000 ...

Page 406: ...and balance 6 4 1 General 6 4 1 Utilization of weight and balance graph 6 4 1 Airplane loading form m kg 6 4 3 Example of airplane weight and balance report 6 4 5 Weight and balance form and diagram m kg 6 4 7 Weight and balance form and diagram in lbs 6 4 9 Weight and balance samples m kg 6 4 11 Weight and balance samples in lbs 6 4 14 Determining empty airplane characteristics 6 4 17 6 5 List of...

Page 407: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 6 0 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 408: ...ne is properly loaded and the weight and balance limits are adhered to This airplane allows multiple cabin seat configurations between 2 seats and 6 seats as required by the operator refer to chapter 7 3 A list of equipment available for this airplane is referenced at the end of this POH refer to chapter 6 5 The list of specific optional equipment installed on your airplane as delivered from the f...

Page 409: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 6 1 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 410: ...lane weighing procedures Refer to maintenance manual for the procedures to use NOTE Weighing carried out at the factory takes into account all equipment installed on the airplane The list of this equipment and the total weight is noted in the individual inspection record PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 411: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 6 2 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 412: ...ting the cabin from the baggage compartment is attached to frame C14 With other allowed seat accommodations There are two loading areas onein place of the 2removedrear seats with maximum loadingcapacity of 176 lbs 80 kg one in the baggage compartment behind the rear seats area with maximum loading capacity of 220 lbs 100 kg Two types of baggage securing nets can be used the small cargo net is atta...

Page 413: ...th green self adhesive labels affixed to the inside of the rail A placard indicates loading limits for each securing net Evenly distribute the load within the cargo zone and ensure that overall weight is centered When using the large net distribute the weight in each zone delineated by the step in the floor according to the zone limits PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 414: ...gulations concerning transport of dangerous product and any other applicable regulation Baggage compartments loading must be done in accordance with the weight and balance limits of the airplane refer to section 2 for limitations Generally if rear seats are not used or are removed first load AFT compartment then if required FWD compartment If rear seats are used first load FWD compartment then if ...

Page 415: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 6 3 4 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 416: ...ional equipment refer to paragraph Determining empty airplane characteristics to determine new empty weight and the corresponding moment Utilization of weight and balance graph This procedure determines the airplane weight and balance characteristics for flight Select the units for theweight and balancedetermination either m andkg or lb and in and use the dedicated form see figures 6 4 3 or 6 4 4 ...

Page 417: ...k value 11a to be below maximum takeoff weight 13 Compute takeoff weight arm 13 and CG MAC 13c using given formulas 14 Record the expected trip fuel negative value 14a and compute associated moment 14b 15 Compute landing weight 15a and moment 15b as sum of takeoff weight 11a trip fuel 14a and moments 11b 14b 16 Check value 15a to be below maximum landing weight 17 Compute landing weight arm 17 and...

Page 418: ... 2a 3 250 2b Front seats kg 2a 4 534 2b Inter seats 17 kg per seat removed 2a 5 710 2b Pax 2a 2b Rear bench net 24 kg per seat removed 2a 6 785 2b Pax 2a 2b Cargo 80 kg 2a 2b Baggage AFT 100 kg 2a 7 695 2b Zero fuel weight 2736 kg 3a 5 3b 5c Fuel kg 6a 4 820 6b Ramp weight 3370 kg 7a 9 7b 9c Taxi fuel kg 10a 4 820 10b Takeoff weight 3354 kg 11a 13 11b 13c Trip fuel kg 14a 4 820 14b Landing weight ...

Page 419: ... October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 6 4 4 Item Weight kg Empty weight 1a Baggage FWD 50 kg 2a Front seats 2a Inter seats 17 kg per seat removed 2a Pax 2a Rear bench net 24 kg per seat removed 2a Pax 2a Cargo 80 kg 2a Baggage AFT 100 kg 2a PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 420: ...ober 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 6 4 5 Example of airplane weight and balance report NOTE Airplane original report shall be kept with airplane POH Figure 6 4 1 Example of weight and balance report and basic airplane characteristics in kg and m PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 421: ... balance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 6 4 6 NOTE Airplane original report shall be kept with airplane POH Figure 6 4 2 Example of weight and balance report and basic airplane characteristics in lb and in PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 422: ...t kg Arm m Moment m kg CG MAC Empty weight kg Baggage FWD 50 kg 3 250 Front seats kg 4 534 Inter seats 17 kg per seat removed 5 710 Pax Rear bench net 24 kg per seat removed 6 785 Pax Cargo 80 kg Baggage AFT 100 kg 7 695 Zero fuel weight 2736 kg Fuel kg 4 820 Ramp weight 3370 kg Taxi fuel kg 4 820 Takeoff weight 3354 kg Trip fuel kg 4 820 Landing weight 3186 kg PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS...

Page 423: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 6 4 8 Figure 6 4 3 Weight and balance diagram PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 424: ...in Moment in lbs CG MAC Empty weight lbs Baggage FWD 110 lbs 128 0 Front seats lbs 178 5 Inter seats 37 5 lbs per seat removed 224 8 Pax Rear bench net 52 9 lbs per seat removed 267 1 Pax Cargo 176 lbs Baggage AFT 220 lbs 303 0 Zero fuel weight 6032 lbs Fuel lbs 189 8 Ramp weight 7430 lbs Taxi fuel lbs 189 8 Takeoff weight 7394 lbs Trip fuel lbs 189 8 Landing weight 7024 lbs PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLI...

Page 425: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 6 4 10 Figure 6 4 4 Weight and balance diagram PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 426: ...culation concerning your airplane refer to the diagram corresponding to its validity Fig 6 4 5 1 Airplane basic characteristics W Empty weight Moment Balance arm CG MAC 2 126 kg 10 073 m kg 4 738 m 22 9 2 Foreseen loading 1 Pilot and 1 front passenger 2 Rear passengers AFT Cargo in baggage compartment Fuel 200 kg 160 kg 50 kg 820 kg 3 Foreseen fuel Taxi fuel Trip fuel 16 kg 600 kg PIM DO NOT USE F...

Page 427: ... 4 534 907 Inter seats 17 kg per seat removed 0 5 710 0 Pax 0 0 Rear bench net 24 kg per seat removed 0 6 785 0 Pax 160 1 086 Cargo 80 kg 0 0 Baggage AFT 100 kg 50 7 695 385 Zero fuel weight 2736 kg 2 536 4 910 12 451 34 3 Fuel kg 820 4 820 3 952 Ramp weight 3370 kg 3 356 4 888 16 403 32 8 Taxi fuel kg 16 4 820 77 Takeoff weight 3354 kg 3 340 4 888 16 326 32 8 Trip fuel kg 600 4 820 2 892 Landing ...

Page 428: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 6 4 13 Figure 6 4 5 Loading sample in kg and m PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 429: ...diagram corresponding to its validity Fig 6 4 6 1 Airplane basic characteristics W Empty weight Moment Balance arm CG MAC 4 638 lbs 864 173 in lbs 186 3 in 22 6 2 Foreseen loading FWD compartment 1 Pilot and 1 front passenger 1 Intermediate passenger 2 Rear seats removed Rear cargo AFT Cargo in baggage compartment Fuel 0 lbs 400 lbs 220 lbs 105 8 lbs 176 lbs 220 lbs 1 850 lbs 3 Foreseen fuel Taxi ...

Page 430: ... 37 5 lbs per seat removed 0 224 8 0 Pax 220 49 456 Rear bench net 52 9 lbs per seat removed 105 8 267 1 28 259 Pax 0 0 Cargo 176 lbs 176 47 010 Baggage AFT 220 lbs 220 303 0 66 660 Zero fuel weight 6032 lbs 5 548 192 9 1 070 440 33 6 Fuel lbs 1 850 189 8 351 130 Ramp weight 7430 lbs 7 398 192 2 1 421 570 32 4 Taxi fuel lbs 36 189 8 6 833 Takeoff weight 7394 lbs 7 362 192 2 1 414 737 32 4 Trip fue...

Page 431: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 6 4 16 Figure 6 4 6 Loading samples in lbs and in PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 432: ... except those listed in this Chapter Use the chart below to compute new empty weight and corresponding balance if necessary Date Equipment or modification description Weight modification Basic empty weight Weight lb Arm in Moment lb in 1000 Weight W Arm do Moment According to delivery Figure 6 4 7 Sample weight and balance record CG m a c do 172 93 59 45 100 Use the above formula to express arm do...

Page 433: ...41 133 86 3 400 25 Equipment and furnishings partial A 0171 25 Generation 2008 cabinets Version A L H low cabinet 9 48 4 300 203 74 5 175 Version B R H low cabinet 9 48 4 300 203 74 5 175 Version C Removable low insulated picnic bag 9 48 4 300 203 74 5 175 Version D L H top storage cabinet 7 72 3 500 203 74 5 175 Version E R H top storage cabinet 7 72 3 500 203 74 5 175 Version F R H top storage c...

Page 434: ...ate seat back to or in flight direction 38 58 17 50 224 80 5 710 S R H Intermediate seat back to or in flight direction 38 58 17 50 224 80 5 710 S Double chair L H Seat 52 91 24 00 278 19 7 066 R H Seat 52 91 24 00 278 19 7 066 Nets S 0315 25 Small cargo net GP SOCT704CC 10 15 00 7 00 S 0315 25 Large cargo net GP SOCT704CS 10 13 00 6 00 S 25026B Partitionnet at Frame14 betweenthecabinandthe baggag...

Page 435: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 6 4 20 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 436: ... 5 List of equipment The list of equipment is available in manufacturer Report reference NAV No 34 90 RJ App 2 located at the end of this POH A separate list of equipment of items installed at the factory in your specific airplane is provided in your airplane file PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 437: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 6 5 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 438: ...trument panel 7 3 1 Doors windows and emergency exit 7 3 20 Seats belts and harnesses 7 3 28 Baggage compartments 7 3 31 Use of cargo nets 7 3 34 7 4 Flight controls 7 4 1 Roll 7 4 1 Roll trim 7 4 1 Elevator 7 4 6 Pitch trim 7 4 6 Rudder 7 4 11 Rudder trim 7 4 11 7 5 Landing gear 7 5 1 Hydraulic pressure 7 5 1 Landing gear lever 7 5 1 Landing gear position indicator 7 5 2 Safety 7 5 4 Ground maneu...

Page 439: ...ector 7 7 4 Electric boost pump AUX BP 7 7 5 Main mechanical boost pump 7 7 8 Engine fuel system 7 7 8 Fuel gaging installation 7 7 8 Fuel system draining and clogging indicator 7 7 9 7 8 Electrical system 7 8 1 Starter generator 7 8 1 Stand by generator 7 8 2 Battery 7 8 2 Ground power receptacle 7 8 2 Distribution 7 8 3 Emergency use 7 8 4 Indicating 7 8 14 Protection safety 7 8 14 Exterior ligh...

Page 440: ...tem and instruments 7 12 1 Electronic standby indicator ESI 2000 7 12 1 7 13 Ice protection equipment 7 13 1 Wing and empennage deicing 7 13 1 Propeller deicing 7 13 2 Windshield deicing 7 13 2 Heating of pitots and stall warning sensor PITOT L HTR and PITOT R STALL HTR 7 13 3 Turbine air inlet protection 7 13 3 7 14 Miscellaneous equipment 7 14 1 Stall warning system 7 14 1 Static dischargers 7 1...

Page 441: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 0 4 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 442: ...bed herein is optional and may not be installed in the airplane Complete description and operation of the GARMIN integrated flight deck are detailed in the GARMIN Pilot s Guide References to this guide are often made all along this section to get more details about some systems Details of other optional systems and equipment are presented in section 9 Supplements of the POH PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIG...

Page 443: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 1 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 444: ...is equipped with a retractable tricycle landing gear The pressurized cabin is equipped on the left side of fuselage with a one piece access door and folding stairs comprising a hand rail allowing pilot and passengers boarding The occupants have access to cockpit and to rear seats through a central aisle An optional pilot door located forward of the cabin on the left side allows access to the cockp...

Page 445: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 2 2 Figure 7 2 1 Cabin arrangement 6 seat accommodation PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 446: ...lot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 2 3 Figure 7 2 1A Cabin arrangement 4 seat accommodation with large securing net PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 447: ...lot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 2 4 Figure 7 2 1B Cabin arrangement 4 seat accommodation with small securing net PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 448: ... attached on the trailing edge of L H aileron is electrically activated by a trim knob through an actuator Wing flaps see figure 7 2 2 The wing flaps are large span slotted flaps with a single rotation point They are activated by actuating rod controlled screw jacks linked to an electric motor located under the floor inside the fuselage A preselection control located on the right side of pedestal ...

Page 449: ... Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 2 6 Figure 7 2 2 1 2 Wing flaps 1 Geared motor 2 Internal actuator 3 Intermediate bearings 4 Wing flap 5 External actuator 6 Rods 7 Control selector PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 450: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 2 7 Figure 7 2 2 2 2 Wing flaps PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 451: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 2 8 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 452: ...plays PFD and one multi function display MFD refer to the GARMIN Pilot s Guide for detailed description Apart from the GARMIN flight deck system equipment listed below complete the instrument panel Left area instrument panel includes see figure 7 3 3 on top ESI 2000 MASTER CAUTION and MASTER WARNING at bottom deicing controls and indicators MICRO MASK switch landing gear control panel parking brak...

Page 453: ...e arm rest of rear R H passenger s seat Pedestal console see figure 7 3 6 The pedestal console under the MFD control unit comprises flaps controls pitch trim tab control wheel aileron trim switch engine controls and fuel tank selector Circuit breakers panel see figures 7 3 7 and 7 8 4 Circuit breakers for all electrical equipment supplied by bus bars are located on a separate panel installed on th...

Page 454: ...red or amber indicator A pressure on the red indicator also stops red message associated aural tones Aural warnings see figure 7 3 2 The aural warnings are intended to alert the pilot during some configurations The aural signals are heard through the loud speakers or the buzzer installed in cockpit overhead panel The aural warnings consist of the aural warning box the buzzer and loud speakers The ...

Page 455: ...eostat It is attached to the cabin upper part between frames C6 and C7 The VMO alarm buzzer is electrically supplied by ESS BUS 2 bar and protected by AURAL WARN circuit breaker and the emergency lighting rheostat is electrically supplied by BATT BUS bar and protected by PANEL EMER circuit breaker Aural warning operation The GMA 1 and GMA 2 audio control panels receive signals from the aural warni...

Page 456: ...n the red indicator also stops red message associated chimes Aural warnings see figure 7 3 2 The aural warnings are intended to alert the pilot during some configurations The aural signals are heard through the loud speakers installed in cockpit overhead panel and through the pilot s and R H station headsets The aural warnings consist of the GARMIN flight deck system GIA and GMA the loud speakers ...

Page 457: ...T push button the emergency lighting rheostat It is attached to the cabin upper part between frames C6 and C7 The emergency lighting rheostat is electrically supplied by BATT BUS bar and protected by PANEL EMER circuit breaker The HORN TEST push button allows to test the correct operation of aural warning set SOURCE selector to BATT or GPU push and hold the HORN TEST push button the loudspeaker em...

Page 458: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 3 7 All Figure 7 3 1 Instrument panel assembly Typical arrangement PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 459: ...Instrument panel emergency lighting switches rheostats 6 R H cockpit floodlight 7 ELT remote control switch 8 AP TRIMS switch 9 FUEL control panel see figure 7 7 3 10 ENGINE START switches see figure 7 6 4 11 ELECTRIC POWER switches see figure 7 8 5 12 INT LIGHTS internal lighting switches see figure 7 8 7 13 EXT LIGHTS external lighting switches see figure 7 8 6 14 L H cockpit floodlight 15 HORN ...

Page 460: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 3 9 Figure 7 3 2 2 2 Upper panel and cockpit overhead panel PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 461: ...eel tube 8 Deicing control and check panel see figure 7 13 1 9 L H station rudder pedals adjusting handle 10 Left station reception micro jacks 11 Pitch Yaw trim setting management 12 Push To Talk button PTT 13 AP TRIM DISC push button 14 CWS 15 Paper clip 16 Chronometer management 17 Transponder Ident sequence 18 Stormscope clear 19 COM 2 Stand by active 20 Flight conditions and instruction placa...

Page 462: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 3 11 Figure 7 3 3 2 2 Left instrument panel Typical arrangement PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 463: ...ion 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 3 12 Figure 7 3 4 1 2 Central instrument panel 1 Stand by compass 2 AFCS mode controller 3 Registration 4 ECS air conditioning control panel see figure 7 9 2 5 MFD control unit 6 MFD PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 464: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 3 13 Figure 7 3 4 2 2 Central instrument panel Typical arrangement PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 465: ...Hour meter 8 R H station rudder pedals adjusting handle 9 Circuit breakers panel postlight 10 Cigar lighter and two USB servicing plugs 11 Cabin emergency air control EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob 12 Static source selector 13 COM 2 Stand by active 14 Stormscope clear 15 Transponder Ident sequence 16 Chronometer management 17 Paper clip 18 CWS 19 AP TRIM DISC push button 20 Push To Talk button PTT...

Page 466: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 3 15 Figure 7 3 5 2 2 Right instrument panel Typical arrangement PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 467: ...estal console 1 THROTTLE 2 FLAPS lever 3 THROTTLE friction adjustment 4 Manual FUEL TANK SELECTOR see figure 7 7 2 5 Roll trim tab control 6 MAN OVRD emergency fuel regulation lever 7 Pitch trim tab control 8 Lock for access door to landing gear emergency pump see figure 7 5 2 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 468: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 3 17 Figure 7 3 6 2 2 Pedestal console Typical arrangement PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 469: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 3 18 Figure 7 3 7 Circuit breakers panel PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 470: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 3 19 Figure 7 3 8 General alarms warning lights PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 471: ...ection area is clear To retract stairs press on locking pin located on stairs front string board see detail 1 raise retractable handle see detail 2 and pull stairs inside cabin While stairs are retracted the hand rail folds up To close the door from inside the airplane press on knob inside cabin forward of the door The door driven by a geared motor tilts downwards up to a position near the complet...

Page 472: ... the door from outside the airplane press on knob on outside fuselage at the right side of the door The door driven by a geared motor tilts downwards up to a position near the complete closing Push the door until it aligns with fuselage and lock it by moving outside handle downwards then fold handle in its recess Check that all latch pins and hooks are correctly engaged with green marks visible In...

Page 473: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 3 22 Figure 7 3 9 Cabin access door PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 474: ...AUTION Retract footstep before closing access door Fold and tilt footstep upwards To close the door from inside the airplane pull the door until it aligns with fuselage and lock it by moving inside handle downwards Check that each latch is correctly engaged in its recess with green marks visible DOOR lights on as long as cabin access door and pilot access door if installed are not correctly locked...

Page 475: ... is maintained in the up position by a compensation rod Two interlocking type latches ensure itsclosing andit is equipped with a lock same key as for the accessdoor andthe pilotdoor ifinstalled When the door is closed latches are flush with the fuselage profile FRONT CARGO DOOR lights on as long as FWD compartment door is not locked Windows Windows do not open The windshield consists of two parts ...

Page 476: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 3 25 Figure 7 3 9A Cockpit access door pilot door PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 477: ...ed by a safety pin provided with a flag marker The handle is then inoperable WARNING Taxiing and flying with thief proof safety pin installed is forbidden To open the emergency exit pull one of the two handles and tilt the emergency exit from top to bottom towards inside of airplane Pre MOD70 0793 25 CAUTION Before opening the emergency exit from the inside of the airplane remove the upholstery pa...

Page 478: ...les one inside and the other outside each located on the upper frame When the airplane is parked the closing system may be locked by a safety pin provided with a flag marker The handle is then inoperable WARNING Taxiing and flying with thief proof safety pin installed is forbidden To open the emergency exit pull one of the two handles and tilt the emergency exit from top to bottom towards inside o...

Page 479: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 3 27 Figure 7 3 10 Emergency exit PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 480: ...1 l Step 2 r E lrn SDD Pilot s Operating Handbook 1 Upholstery panel 2 Opening handle 1 1 r_ C5 Figure 7 3 1 OA Removal of the upholstery panel of the emergency exit Page 7 3 27A Edition O October 31 2013 1 TR29 July 2022 a Il li 9 J PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 481: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 TR29 July 2022 Page 7 3 27B Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 482: ...e accommodation consists of two individual seats installed back to the flight direction mounted on the same rails as the front seats The seat back angle is adjusted by pulling up side handle two rear seats arranged as a bench mounted on the same rails as the front seats The seat back rests tilt forward by pulling up the handle located forward on L H side of each seat which may tilt forwards by pul...

Page 483: ...mmodation consists of two individual seats installed back to the flight direction mounted on the same rails as the front seats The seat back angle is adjusted by pulling up side handle two rear seats arranged as a bench mounted on the same rails as the front seats The seat back rests tilt forward by pulling up the handle located forward on L H side of each seat which may tilt forwards by pulling u...

Page 484: ...ibility of seat configuration Cargo zone ONLY zone B and zone C can be modified for seat configurations For the MID Seat zone B ONLY the Middle Seats can be installed in MID Seat Zone This zone accepts Fwd and Aft Facing Mid Seat when rear seats are installed The zone B accepts zero or 1 or 2 seats The zone B is not a luggage area For the REAR Seat zone C ONLY the Rear Seat can be installed in Rea...

Page 485: ...ation number 1 2 3 4 5 C1 X X X X C2 X X X C3 X X X C4 1 X X C5 X X X C6 X X X C7 X X C8 X X C9 X X C10 1 X C11 X X X C12 X X C13 X X C14 X X C15 1 X C16 X X C17 X C18 X C19 X C20 1 Zone B Zone C 1 This configuration accepts small net or large net Each cross indicates that you have a seat at the correspondent location number PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 486: ...head A FWD compartment non pressurized located between firewall and fwd pressure bulkhead The AFT compartment is accessible through the cabin by tilting forward the L H rear seat and or L H or R H rear seat back rests Rings fitted with lashing straps are provided for securing parcels and baggage on compartment floor The FWD compartment is accessible by opening the external door located on the left...

Page 487: ...er applicable regulation With 4 seat accommodation Two cargo nets are available for the pilot to safely secure and transport baggage the small cargo net is attached through nine anchoring points on seat rails between frame C11 and frame C13bis see figure 7 2 1B the large cargo net is attached through seven anchoring points on seat rails between frame C11 and frame C13bis and six anchoring points o...

Page 488: ... is affixed on R H side upholstery panel in the rear baggage compartment Maximum loads allowable in the baggage compartments depend on airplane equipment refer to section 6 Weight and balance WARNING Any parcel or baggage in cabin must be stowed by cargo net and straps It is the pilot s responsibility to check that all the parcels and baggage are properly secured In case of transport of dangerous ...

Page 489: ...ud on tensioning strap strap must mandatorily be discarded and replaced webbing frayed or cut on less than 30 of its surface reduce maximum load by 50 seam of vertical net tensioning straps damaged on less than 30 of its length reduce maximum load by 50 seam of tensioning straps attached on the rails damaged on less than 30 of its length reduce maximum load by 50 beyond 30 damage for above mention...

Page 490: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 3 35 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 491: ... 9 Front seat s back rest tilt control 10 Drawer for pilot s piddle pak if installed front side new bags rear side used bags 11 Intermediate seat s back rest tilt control 12 Rear bench seat s back rest tilt control 13 Rear bench L H seat tilt control 14 Rear bench seat s adjustment control handle Rear bench Figure 7 3 11 1 2 Seats NOTE To have access to the baggage compartment pull forwards the ba...

Page 492: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 3 37 Figure 7 3 11 2 2 Seats PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 493: ... Front passenger seat 2 L H pilot seat 3 R H intermediate passenger seat facing flight direction 4 L H intermediate passenger seat facing flight direction 5 Front seat s longitudinal shift control 6 Front seat s height control 7 Front seat s back rest tilt control 8 Intermediate seat s back rest tilt control PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 494: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 3 39 Figure 7 3 11A 2 2 Seats PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 495: ...ot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 3 40 All Figure 7 3 12 Front and rear seat belts with movable straps and harnesses PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 496: ...n is deflected upwards and remains in wing profile when the aileron is deflected downwards Control wheel movement is transmitted through rods to fuselage roll lever located under the floor The movement is then transmitted through cables to the spoiler mechanism and from the spoiler mechanism to wing roll lever which activates the aileron through a rod A rudder roll combination spring type system i...

Page 497: ... Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 4 2 Figure 7 4 1 1 2 Roll 1 Pedestal assembly 2 Control wheels 3 Fuselage roll lever 4 Spoiler 5 Aileron 6 Aileron control in wing 7 Spoiler control PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 498: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 4 3 Figure 7 4 1 2 2 Roll PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 499: ... Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 4 4 Figure 7 4 2 1 2 Lateral trim 1 Roll trim tab 2 Aileron 3 Adjustable rods 4 Actuator 5 Trim tab control wiring 6 Trim switch on pedestal console PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 500: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 4 5 Figure 7 4 2 2 2 Lateral trim PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 501: ...automatic anti tab automaticity about 0 3 which is also used as trim tab Pitch trim see figure 7 4 4 The pitch trim is accomplished through the two anti tabs located on left and right elevators The trim tab can be controlled electrically or manually It is activated through cables and a chain on two screw actuators attached to the horizontal empennage The electrical control consists of a switch NOS...

Page 502: ... 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 4 7 Figure 7 4 3 1 2 Elevator 1 Control wheel assembly 2 Elevators 3 Lever assembly fuselage rear part 4 Elevator bellcrank 5 Rod with presseal connection 6 Lever assembly under floor 7 Pedestal assembly 8 Actuator PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 503: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 4 8 Figure 7 4 3 2 2 Elevator PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 504: ...iption Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 4 9 Figure 7 4 4 1 2 Pitch trim 1 Cables 2 Pulleys 3 Pitch trim tabs 4 Actuating rods 5 Actuator 6 Pitch trim manual control wheel 7 Electric pitch trim control PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 505: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 4 10 Figure 7 4 4 2 2 Pitch trim PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 506: ...nstrument panel and a locking device on the rudder pedals This balllocking device allows selecting six different positions When landing gear is down rudder pedals are linked to nose gear steering system Spring system of rudder roll combination induces aileron deflection at the time of pedal displacement and vice versa Rudder trim see figure 7 4 6 A trim tab hinged at two points located at rudder t...

Page 507: ... October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 4 12 Figure 7 4 5 1 2 Rudder 1 Roll rudder combination bellcrank installation 2 Rudder pedals assembly 3 Control cables 4 Pulleys 5 Rudder lever assembly 6 Rod 7 Rudder 8 Nose gear steering rod PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 508: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 4 13 Figure 7 4 5 2 2 Rudder PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 509: ... Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 4 14 Figure 7 4 6 1 2 Rudder trim 1 Trim switch on control wheel 2 Actuator 3 Rudder trim tab 4 Rods 5 Rudder trim control wiring PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 510: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 4 15 Figure 7 4 6 2 2 Rudder trim PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 511: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 4 16 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 512: ...osition nose wheel is automatically disconnected Actuating cylinders have a locking device integrated at both ends This device maintains landing gear in up or down position Landing gear doors two on the nose gear two on eachmain landinggear aredriven and kept in UP position by the landing gear itself All doors are mechanically kept in down position Hydraulic pressure Hydraulic pressure required fo...

Page 513: ...lights are OFF Down locked correct indication is when there are 3 green indicator lights ON the GEAR UNSAFE red warning light is OFF the GEAR UNSAFE is OFF and the amber caution light is OFF All other cases mean the gear is not down locked In case of doubt about landing gear down locked position an independent electrical circuit provides a countercheck capability of the indication system Pressing ...

Page 514: ...n 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 5 3 1 Green indicator light 2 Red warning light 3 LANDING GEAR lever 4 CHECK DOWN push button 5 LIGHT TEST push button 6 Amber light Figure 7 5 1 Control panel and landing gear indicating PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 515: ...signal becomes alternated high pitched sound low pitched sound With voice alerts Post MOD70 0407 00D Landing gear aural warning Landing gear Landing gear aural warning alert sounds when THROTTLE is on IDLE position and landing gear is not down locked flaps are beyond TO position Takeoff and landing gear is not down locked NOTE If one of above conditions exists and airplane is in stall configuratio...

Page 516: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 5 5 Figure 7 5 2 Emergency landing gear extension control PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 517: ...t 20 Steering may be increased up to 28 by applying differential braking to each side Airplane may be towed by attaching a steering or towing bar on nose gear refer to chapter 8 6 for operation In that case nose wheel steering angle is limited to 28 Minimum turn diameter Minimum turn diameter figure 7 5 4 is obtained by using nose gear steering and differential braking CAUTION Since tight turns le...

Page 518: ...rating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 5 7 Figure 7 5 3 Minimum turn diameter Full rudder pedals travel without using differential braking PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 519: ...perating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 5 8 Figure 7 5 4 Minimum turn diameter Full rudder pedals travel by using differential braking PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 520: ...s of a control knob located on pilot s side lower instrument panel and a valve which regulates brake pressure To apply the parking brake press on toe brake of rudder pedals and set the control knob to ON PARK BRAKE lights on when the control knob is set to ON NOTE Operating the parking brake knob without applying pressure on rudder pedals does not cause the wheels to be braked CAUTION Failure to a...

Page 521: ... 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 5 10 Figure 7 5 5 1 2 Brake system 1 Reservoir 2 Vent 3 R H station master cylinders 4 PARK BRAKE control knob 5 PARK BRAKE valve 6 Drain 7 Pilot s station master cylinders 8 L H brake assembly 9 R H brake assembly PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 522: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 6 Page 7 5 11 Figure 7 5 5 2 2 Brake system PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 523: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 5 12 Figure 7 5 6 Brake system PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 524: ...rayed into combustion chamber by fuel nozzles The mixture is first ignited by two spark igniter plugs then combustion continues as a result of air fuel mixture flow Gases resulting from combustion expand through a series of turbines The first one gas generator turbine drives compressor assembly and accessories the two other ones power turbines independant from the first one drive propeller shaft t...

Page 525: ...ler governor 2 Exhaust stub 3 Axial compressors 4 Accessory gearbox 5 FCU Fuel Control Unit 6 Oil to fuel heater 7 Input coupling shaft 8 Air intake 9 Centrifugal impeller 10 Combustion chamber 11 Compressor turbine 12 Power turbine 1st stage 13 Power turbine 2nd stage 14 Power turbine shaft PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 526: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 6 3 Figure 7 6 1 2 2 Powerplant PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 527: ...see figure 7 6 2 Engine operation requires use of two levers located on pedestal console in cabin THROTTLE Item 1 and its detent for reverse Item 4 MAN OVRD control for emergency fuel regulation Item 3 NOTE Thumbwheel for lever friction Item 2 Figure 7 6 2 Engine control levers PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 528: ...aximum reverse the Beta valve to select the propeller pitch in reverse Return to idle position is accomplished by pushing the THROTTLE forward CAUTION Do not move the cockpit THROTTLE into the propeller reverse position or damage to the linkage will result Reverse may only be selected with engine running and propeller turning Any rearward effort on the THROTTLE past the idle stop may damage or bre...

Page 529: ...ng overridden the idle gate To override idle gate raise the THROTTLE and move it rearwards Figure 7 6 3 THROTTLE MAN OVRD control see figure 7 6 2 MAN OVRD control 3 is normally notched in fullbackward position In case of FCU or THROTTLE failure it allows setting engine power manually To quit full backward position notched move the MAN OVRD control forward overriding the indexation NOTE The power ...

Page 530: ...ide in engine compartment maintains oil temperature within limits Oil flow into the cooler is metered by a thermostatic valve Engine oil also supplies propeller governor and engine torquemeter A chip detection system enables the monitoring of engine oil system The system includes one chip detector installed on propeller reduction gear box anda secondchip detector installed on engine accessory gear...

Page 531: ...ting system consists of STARTER switch located on ENGINE START panel starter generator and ignition circuit Refer to paragraph Ignition function Starting procedure is semi automatic Setting STARTER switch to ON connects the starter generator which drives powerplant STARTER lights on indicating that the starter generator is operating Starter operation is stopped automatically by the electrical powe...

Page 532: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 6 9 Figure 7 6 4 Engine starting PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 533: ...ric actuator activates vanes INERT SEP ON lights on when vanes have reached their maximum deflection and remains visible as long as switch remains ON Full deflection takes about 40 seconds If the vanes do not reach the full deflection 50 seconds after activation or are not retracted 50 seconds after deactivation INERT SEP FAIL is displayed in CAS window Exhaust system Exhaust gases are evacuated t...

Page 534: ...ansmitter is attached on the torque limiter it measures torque produced by the power turbine by comparing oil pressures reduction gear and power turbine and converts pressure difference into a voltage This voltage is transmitted to theGARMIN system for display on the MFD under normal display conditions Propeller overspeed limiter Propeller overspeed limiter is installed on left side of the reducti...

Page 535: ...r blade pitch variation counterweights drive propeller blades toward high pitch low RPM whereas oil pressure delivered by governor drives back blades toward low pitch high RPM Propeller governor allows feathering either by voluntary pilot action via THROTTLE Condition mode or automatically in case of engine failure or shutdown Propeller reverse pitch allows reduced taxiing speed or landing roll Ch...

Page 536: ...surface a suction strainer and three level gages Fuel unit The fuel unit combines shut off valve tank selector and filter functions It is connected to the manual selector through a mechanical control The fuel filter is located in a bowl at the lower part of the unit It is fitted with a by pass valve a clogging indicator and a drain valve Tank manual selector see figure 7 7 2 The FUEL TANK SELECTOR...

Page 537: ...r 7 Low pressure switch 8 Fuel jet 9 Main mechanical boost pump 10 Electric boost pump 11 Fuel filter 12 Filter clogging by pass valve 13 Filter clogging indicator 14 Fuel unit 15 Filter drain 16 Fuel return pipe 17 Filling port 18 NACA scoop 19 Tank vent valve 20 Fuel level gages 21 Tank drain valve 22 Check valve 23 Low level detector 24 Suction strainer 25 Fuel amplifier 26 Sequencer PIM DO NOT...

Page 538: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 7 3 Figure 7 7 1 2 2 Fuel system PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 539: ... on the selected tank The sequencer controls the time during which the selected tank will operate This time varies depending on airplane conditions Airplane on ground tank is changed every minute and 15 seconds Before fuel sequencer evolution Pre MOD70 0402 28 Airplane in flight tank is changed every ten minutes as long as FUEL LOW L or FUEL LOW R does not appear When the first low level lights on...

Page 540: ...e pilot to preferably choose the tank from which he wants to take fuel In all cases proper system operation is indicated by rotation of the manual selector Setting FUEL SEL switch to MAN position or setting FUEL TANK SELECTOR to OFF position leads to system de activating and appearance of AUTO SEL AUTO SEL also lights on when order given by the sequencer has not been executed after 12 seconds Elec...

Page 541: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 7 6 Figure 7 7 2 Manual selector of fuel tanks PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 542: ...s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 7 7 Figure 7 7 3 Fuel control panel 1 AUX BP switch 2 FUEL SEL switch 3 SHIFT push button PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 543: ...llons Three fuel level gages are installed in each tank The wing root side fuel level gage is equipped with a low level detector which leads to fuel low level CAS messages appearance when usable fuel quantity remaining in the concerned fuel tank is under about 9 USG 34 Litres Fuel system monitoring Fuel system monitoring is ensured by CAS messages FUEL OFF Fuel tank selector set to OFF FUEL PRESS ...

Page 544: ...ed prior to the first flight of the day and after each tank refueling using a sampler to pick off fuel at the two drain valves of each tank and at the filter vent valve A red filter bypass flag on the fuel unit and visible from outside when an inspection door located on L H side under front baggage compartment is open indicates filter clogging A push button adjacent to the inspection door controls...

Page 545: ...on 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 7 10 Figure 7 7 4 Fuel system draining points and clogging indicator 1 Lighting switch 2 Mirror door 3 Clogging indicator 4 Central access door 5 Filter drain 6 Tank drain 7 Drain bowl PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 546: ...lever is positioned in theUP position SOURCE selector in the OFF position the battery supplies the electrical power system through the BATT BUS A Power Up Built In Test P BIT of the EPS internal functions is performed to verify the operating status In case of failure detection a white message EPS SERVICE REQUIRED appears in the message window on the PFD Starter generator The starter generator is t...

Page 547: ... the power required for starting when no ground power unit is available and is a power supply source when engine driven generators are stopped The battery is always connected to BATT BUS bus bar except when crash lever is pulled down Battery connection to main bus bar is controlled through SOURCE selector set to BATT position BAT OFF lights on when battery is isolated from the main bus and when ma...

Page 548: ...locatedonR H sidepanel see figure 7 8 4 In caseof overloadof asystem the breaker triggers and switches the system off CAUTION If a breaker corresponding to a non essential system trips do not reset in flight If a breaker corresponding to an essential system trips allow it to cool for about three minutes then the breaker may be reengaged pressed down if the breaker trips again do not reset BUS 1 BU...

Page 549: ...h both generators de activated in flight it is still possible to use battery power to supply all airplane systems maintaining SOURCE selector on BATT position In order to save battery power it is possible to shed the charges which are not essential for flight safety for that set ESS BUS TIE switch to EMER position In this configuration only ESS BUS 1 ESS BUS 2 and BATT BUS bars are supplied NOTE S...

Page 550: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 8 5 Figure 7 8 1 Electrical diagram PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 551: ... Battery UP BATT MAIN NORM Battery MAIN Battery MAIN Battery MAIN Battery MAIN UP BATT ST BY NORM Battery ST BY Battery ST BY Battery ST BY Battery ST BY UP OFF MAIN NORM MAIN MAIN MAIN MAIN UP OFF ST BY NORM ST BY ST BY ST BY ST BY UP BATT OFF EMER Battery Battery Battery None In that case power is done by MAIN or ST BY and battery is used as a floated battery Figure 7 8 2 Bus bars supply configu...

Page 552: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 8 7 Figure 7 8 3 1 3 Electrical distribution of bus bars PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 553: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 8 8 Figure 7 8 3 2 3 Electrical distribution of bus bars PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 554: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 8 9 Figure 7 8 3 3 3 Electrical distribution of bus bars PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 555: ...protection Ng flowmeter ITT FUEL GAGE 1 L H fuel gage protection FUEL GAGE 2 R H fuel gage protection ESS BUS 2 ESS BUS 2 Essential bus 2 circuit protection PASS MASKS Passengers oxygen masks protection ELT Emergency Locator Transmitter protection KEYPAD Keypad protection AUDIO 1 Audio control panel 1 protection AHRS 1 Attitude and Heading Reference System 1 protection XPDR 1 Transponder 1 protect...

Page 556: ... protection if installed BUS 2 PROP DE ICE Propeller deicing protection ICE LIGHT L H wing leading edge lighting and lighting test protection FLAPS SIG Trim and flaps regulator protection CAB BLEED Cabin pressurization protection AIR COND Cabin ventilation and vapor cycle system protection CABIN DOORS Cabin doors opening protection NAV RECOG LIGHT Navigation and recognition lights protection DATA ...

Page 557: ...lled protection DME DME protection if installed RADIO ALTI RADIO ALTI if installed protection ADF ADF protection if installed PULSE SYST Pulse lite system protection if installed LH LDG LIGHT L H landing light protection RH LDG LIGHT R H landing light protection TAXI LIGHT Taxi light protection BATT BUS EMER LIGHT Instrument panel emergency lighting protection GND CLR Ground clearance protection A...

Page 558: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 8 13 Figure 7 8 4 4 4 Breaker panel Typical arrangement PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 559: ...es systems protection in case of overvoltage short circuits In case of disconnection of starter generator or stand by generator following a failure MAIN or ST BY reset can be done by pressing corresponding GENERATOR RESET MAIN or ST BY push button A battery reset is done by setting the SOURCE selector to OFF and back to BATT In case of disconnection of ground power unit following a failure it is p...

Page 560: ...k Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 8 15 Figure 7 8 5 Electrical control 1 MAIN reset knob 2 ST BY reset knob 3 Crash lever 4 SOURCE selector 5 GENERATOR selector PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 561: ...winglets and located in leading edges They are controlled by setting to TAXI a switch located on upper panel Navigation lights and strobe lights Two strobe and navigation lights are installed in the winglets and one on the tail cone They are controlled by NAV and STROBE switches located on upper panel NOTE By night do not use anticollision lights in fog clouds or mist as light beam reflexion may l...

Page 562: ...mination of the FWD compartment is controlled by the switch located in the upper section of the door frame Fuel unit compartment light The lighting of the fuel unit compartment allows improving the visibility of the clogging indicator by pressing the push button located besides the inspection door PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 563: ...escription Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 8 18 Figure 7 8 6 External lighting controls 1 Taxi and landing light switch 2 Pulselite system switch 3 Navigation lights switch 4 Strobe lights switch PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 564: ...ger seats and the baggage compartment R H dome light Each floodlight is controlled by a push button located near The pilot can switch off the cabin floodlights and the baggage compartment dome light with the CABIN switch Instrument panel lighting Instrument panel lighting is controlled by the PANEL rheostat located on INT LIGHTS panel This lighting consists of backlighted panels and a led lighting...

Page 565: ...nternal lighting controls 1 Instrument panel lighting switch rheostat 2 DIMMER switch 3 Cabin lighting switch rear seats reading light 4 Access door baggage compartment and FWD dome light delayed breaker push button 5 Emergency lighting switch 6 Breaker panel lighting switch PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 566: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 8 21 Figure 7 8 7 2 2 Internal lighting controls PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 567: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 8 22 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 568: ...abin pressurization control system Dual zones Environmental Control System which includes heating and cooling functions These sub systems are managed by a single digital controller the GASC which receives information from the sensors within the sub systems the human interfaces set in the airplane The GASC elaborates the proper commands to the sub systems actuators and indication or warning element...

Page 569: ...ng the P2 5 port The Inlet Pressure Port Sensor IPPS measures the pressure at the P2 5 port and sends the value to the GASC which manages the ports switching on condition with the Shut Off Valve SOV A Non Return Valve NRV prevents P3 air from entering the P2 5 port when the P3 port is opened To ensure a controlled airflow in the cabin The bleed air flow is controlled by the Flow Control and Shut O...

Page 570: ...ontrol system In flight the GASC controls the modulation of the Outflow Valve OFV in order to reach the computed cabin altitude System operation See figure 7 9 3 The BLEED switch allows to activate the pressurization system The PRES MODE switch allows selection of either one of two pressurization modes If set to AUTO the GASC controls the cabin altitude rate of change in order to optimize comfort ...

Page 571: ... of change in order to land with a cabin altitude equal to LFE minus 200 ft The pilot selects LFE on the MFD using the destination airport in the flight plan by pressing SYSTEM then FMS LFE a manual entry by pressing SYSTEM then MAN LFE System monitoring The pilot monitors information related to the pressurization system through gauges and information displayed on the MFD landing field altitude ca...

Page 572: ...n case of necessity to depressurize the cabin CPCS BACKUP MODE indicates that the GASC cannot compute optimal cabin altitude due to a system malfunction Under this condition the GASC will control the cabin altitude to 9800 ft default value MAX DIFF MODE indicates that the PRES MODE switch is set to MAX DIFF Protection Safety Cabin is automatically depressurized as soon as the airplane is on ground...

Page 573: ...buted in the cockpit cabin zones depending on the demand The air is distributed into the cockpit zone through ports located on pedestal sides ports under each seat or the demisting outlets into the cabin zone through ports located on the lower section of the L H side and R H side cabin upholstery Cooling circuit The VCCS is selected on only when the GASC receives a cooling request It is composed o...

Page 574: ...erature previously selected The pilot can modulate this temperature by using the TEMP C selector on ECS panel All Cockpit Cabin evaporator fans are OFF VCCS is inhibited If the A C switch is set to AUTO Temperature of each zone is controlled by the GASC using inputs from both TEMP C selectors and temperature sensors for reference Fan speed is controlled by the GASC If the A C switch is set to MANU...

Page 575: ... fully turned to the right After GASC software evolution Post MOD70 0689 21 When the HOT AIR FLOW distributor is set in defog position fully turned to the left the bleed air system automatically switches from the P2 5 to the P3 bleed port to increase the temperature and flow rate of the incoming bleed air Except in the case of very cold environmental conditions this switching is inhibited below 25...

Page 576: ...ur fans are supplied by BUS 4 bar and protected respectively by following breakers COND FAN CABIN FAN COCKPIT FAN and GND FAN The system includes an automatic load shedding feature which when MAIN GEN is ON turns off the Ground Fan GF turns off the Condenser Fan COND FAN opens compressor clutch during engine start turns off all the Vapor Cycle Cooling System VCCS PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIO...

Page 577: ...to MANUAL and CONTROL selector to CABIN and Air temperature expectations Cockpit panel selection Cabin panel selection Cockpit area Warm Cabin area Hot Results Mixed Bleed Air Circuit Warm air is distributed to both cockpit and cabin More warm air is directed to cabin due to the greater temperature demand Cold Air Circuit Not active as no TEMP C selector is set below 22 C FANS select OFF Selecting...

Page 578: ...ctive as no TEMP C selector is set below 22 C FANS select OFF Selecting a FAN speed will reduce cabin air temperature Cockpit area Warm Cabin area Cool Results Mixed Bleed Air Circuit Warm air is distributed to both cockpit and cabin More warm air is directed to cockpit due to the greater temperature demand Cold Air Circuit Cabin TEMP C selector is set below 22 C resulting in cabin air conditionin...

Page 579: ...C resulting in both cockpit and cabin air conditioning systems supplying their respective area Cockpit and cabin FANS Select 1 or more to circulate the cooled air Cockpit area Cool Cabin area Warm Results Mixed Bleed Air Circuit Warm air is distributed to both cockpit and cabin More warm air is directed to cabin due to the greater temperature demand Cold Air Circuit Cockpit TEMP C selector is set ...

Page 580: ...MP C and FAN SPEED selectors inputs are used by the GASC for air temperature management and Air temperature expectations Cockpit panel selection Cabin panel selection Cockpit area Warm Cabin area Results Mixed Bleed Air Circuit Warm air is distributed equally to both cockpit and cabin The temperature is selected by the cockpit TEMP C selector Cold Air Circuit Not active as the cockpit TEMP C selec...

Page 581: ...w 22 C the Hot Air Distributor discharges the mixed bleed air below the floor towards the cold air circuit fans and evaporators to reduce the air to the desired temperature Cold Air Circuit Cockpit TEMP C selector is set below 22 C resulting in both cockpit and cabin air conditioning systems to supply their respective area Cockpit FAN select 1 or more to circulate the cooled air Cockpit FAN SPEED ...

Page 582: ...kpit panel selection Cabin panel selection Cockpit area Cabin area Results Mixed Bleed Air Circuit Air is distributed to the windshields and cockpit side windows at a fixed temperature regardless of TEMP C selector settings Cold Air Circuit Inhibited when DEFOG is selected FANS will continue to operate if selected to 1 or more for air circulation PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 583: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 6 Page 7 9 16 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 584: ...TS 5 Air ports 6 Cabin control panel 7 Global air system controller GASC 8 Out flow valve OFV 9 Safety valve SFV 10 Condenser fan 11 Condenser 12 High pressure switch 13 Drier filter 14 Cabin fan 15 Cabin evaporator 16 Cabin blown temperature sensor CBBTS 17 Cabin thermostatic valve 18 Low pressure switch 19 ECS panel 20 Cockpit thermostatic valve 21 Cockpit fan 22 Cockpit evaporator 23 Cockpit bl...

Page 585: ...eck valve 30 MFD unit 31 Ground safety microswitch 32 Differential pressure switch 33 By pass valve BPV 34 Cabin altitude alarm switch 35 Emergency air supply system EMERGENCY RAM AIR 36 Main heat exchanger MHX 37 Ground fan GF 38 Flow control shut off valve FCSOV 39 Bleed differential pressure sensor BDPS 40 Compressor 41 Shut off valve SOV 42 Overheat thermal switch OTSW 43 Non return valve NRV ...

Page 586: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 6 Page 7 9 19 Figure 7 9 2 3 3 GAS PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 587: ... Figure 7 9 3 1 2 GAS controls 1 A C switch 2 BLEED switch 3 PRES MODE switch 4 DUMP switch 5 HOT AIR FLOW distributor 6 TEMP C selector cockpit cabin 7 CONTROL selector 8 FAN SPEED selector cockpit 9 FAN SPEED selector cabin 10 CABIN TEMP C selector cabin PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 588: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 6 Page 7 9 21 Figure 7 9 3 2 2 GAS controls PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 589: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 6 Page 7 9 22 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 590: ...ure Pressure Dry and use limit pressures are maximum pressure 1850 PSIG 127 bars at 70 F 21 C Evolution of this pressure according to the outside temperature is given in section 8 figure 8 7 1 as well as on a placard on the inside of the cylinder service door minimum pressure 217 PSIG 15 bars The oxygen cylinder head is equipped with a hand controlled isolation valve to permit cylinder installatio...

Page 591: ...ing Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 10 2 Figure 7 10 1 Emergency oxygen system 1 MICRO MASK switch 2 OXYGEN switch 3 PASSENGER OXYGEN switch PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 592: ...h a micro controlled by the MICRO MASK switch under cover located on the instrument panel near the pilot s control wheel The cockpit masks are equipped with a microphone a three position selector NORMAL 100 and EMERGENCY and with a push button PRESS TO TEST The proper flow is signaled by a flow indicator blinker into the oxygen tubing The airplane is equipped with two smoke goggles Four passengers...

Page 593: ...F 32 C 70 F 21 C 50 F 10 C 30 F 1 C 10 F 12 C 10 F 23 C 1 0 631 614 597 580 563 546 529 1 1 759 736 713 691 668 646 623 1 2 885 856 828 799 771 743 715 1 3 1010 976 941 907 873 839 806 1 4 1137 1096 1056 1015 975 935 897 2 0 1037 1001 965 930 894 859 825 2 1 1164 1122 1080 1038 997 956 916 2 2 1289 1241 1192 1144 1097 1050 1004 2 3 1416 1361 1306 1252 1198 1145 1093 2 4 1541 1480 1418 1357 1297 12...

Page 594: ...0 F 1 C 10 F 12 C 10 F 23 C 1 0 618 602 585 569 552 536 520 1 1 842 816 789 763 736 710 685 1 2 1067 1029 992 955 918 882 846 1 3 1513 1240 1192 1144 1097 1050 1004 1 4 1513 1452 1392 1333 1275 1217 1161 2 0 992 958 925 891 858 825 793 2 1 1215 1170 1125 1081 1037 994 952 2 2 1439 1382 1326 1270 1215 1161 1108 2 3 1662 1593 1525 1457 1391 1326 1262 2 4 1888 1807 1725 1645 1567 1490 1415 Figure 7 1...

Page 595: ... 30 F 1 C 10 F 12 C 10 F 23 C 1 0 618 602 585 569 552 536 520 1 1 961 929 896 864 833 801 770 1 2 961 929 896 864 833 801 770 1 3 961 929 896 864 833 801 770 1 4 961 929 896 864 833 801 770 2 0 992 958 925 891 858 825 793 2 1 1333 1282 1231 1181 1131 1083 1035 2 2 1333 1282 1231 1181 1131 1083 1035 2 3 1333 1282 1231 1181 1131 1083 1035 2 4 1333 1282 1231 1181 1131 1083 1035 Figure 7 10 4 Minimum ...

Page 596: ...are equipped with a system that detects when a communication is made operating one of the push to talk buttons It activates a noise reduction system that attenuates the oxygen flow noise in the headsets Noise reduction function operates when the switch located on O2 connecting line is set to ON Figure 7 10 5 Noise reduction switch PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 597: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 6 Page 7 10 8 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 598: ...pplying the electronic standby indicator and air data computers Static pressure systems Primary systems Two dual static ports one on either side of the fuselage tail part supply a dual system routed towards the cockpit System 1 part which is connected to the switching valve normal alternate supplies the ΔP cabin and the electronic standby indicator The system remainder directly supplies one of the...

Page 599: ...he electronic standby indicator and one ADC The second one supplies the other ADC Both lines incorporate a drain plug located in the root of L H and R H wings Pitot heating Pitot heating is controlled by PITOT L HTR and PITOT R STALL HTR switches installed on DE ICE SYSTEM panel Refer to chapter 7 13 for further details CAUTION Do not use heating during prolonged periods on ground to avoid pitot o...

Page 600: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 11 3 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 601: ...ic Standby Instrument 4 ADC 5 ADC 6 FWD pressure bulkhead 7 Static system drain 8 Static system drain 9 Static system drain 10 Emergency static system drain 11 Emergency static valve Normal alternate 12 Instrument panel 13 Dynamic system drain 14 Pitot R 15 Rear pressure bulkhead 16 Static port 17 Emergency static port 18 Static port PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 602: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 11 5 Figure 7 11 1 2 2 Air data system PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 603: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 11 6 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 604: ...vacuum for pressurization system In case of pressure drop a pressure switch installed in the system indicates the failure by causing VACUUM LOW to light on Electronic standby indicator ESI 2000 The L 3 communications avionics systems ESI 2000 electronic standby instrument system consists of an AMLCD display An air data sensor is integral to the ESI 2000 housing A replaceable battery assembly provi...

Page 605: ... 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 12 2 Figure 7 12 1 1 2 Vacuum system 1 Pressure regulator 2 Ejector 3 Valve 4 Regulating and relief valve 5 Pressure switch 6 Failure CAS message PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 606: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 12 3 Figure 7 12 1 2 2 Vacuum system PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 607: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 12 4 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 608: ...strument panel Wing and empennage deicing A pneumatic deice system assures protection of wing leading edges horizontal stabilizer elevator horns and vertical stabilizer The system automatically cycles when AIRFRAME DE ICE switch is set to ON The 67 second cycle breaks down in two inflation cycles a first cycle induces inflation of leading edges deicer boots in wing central and outboard sections th...

Page 609: ... heating resistors The system includes a controller and two heat probes embedded in each windshield They are operated by the WINDSHIELD switch When the switch is positioned to ON the controller supplies the heating resistors the windshield temperature is monitored by probe 1 When the temperature reaches 45 C 113 F the controller cuts the electrical supply to the heating resistors and resumes suppl...

Page 610: ...e used even during flight into non icing conditions The system condition messages PITOT NO HT L or PITOT NO HT R PITOT HT ON L or PITOT HT ON R STALL HEAT ON or STALL NO HEAT are displayed on the MFD CAS window Refer to the GARMIN Pilot s Guide for further details NOTE Correct operation of the audible stall warning may be altered by severe or prolonged icing Turbine air inlet protection Operation ...

Page 611: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 7 13 4 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 612: ... on the alarms speaker NOTE The audible stall warning may be altered by severe or prolonged icing Static dischargers As an aid in flight static dischargers are installed to improve radio communications during flight by reducing interference from dust orvarious forms of precipitations rain snow or ice crystals Under these conditions the build up and discharge of static electricity from the trailing...

Page 613: ...a service door on fuselage R H side The emergency locator transmitter assembly is constituted of a transmitter supplied by a battery of an antenna attached on upper fuselage and of aremote controllocated on the upper panel NOTE For test sequences refer to manufacturer manual ELT ARTEX C406 1 Operation of the emergency locator transmitter is obtained as follows from the instrument panel by setting ...

Page 614: ...d indicator light illuminates for about 1 second then goes off or c On ELT red indicator light goes off d Near ELT the buzzer does no more sound Then ELT is reset End of procedure ELT ARTEX ME406 Operation of the emergency locator transmitter is obtained as follows from the instrument panel by setting ELT remote control switch to ON locator transmitter ON ARM switch set to ARM from the locator tra...

Page 615: ...cator light flashes d Near ELT the buzzer sounds 2 Wait approximately for 1 second 3 Set remote control switch to ARM or ELT switch to ARM a The ELT does not transmit emergency signal any longer b On remote control box red indicator light illuminates for about 1 second then goes off or c On ELT red indicator light goes off d Near ELT the buzzer does no more sound Then ELT is reset End of procedure...

Page 616: ...tee that stepdown fix altitudes will be honored and the crew must level off at the MDA if the runway is not visible LNAV approaches may be executed with or without SBAS and advisory vertical guidance is dependent on sufficient GPS vertical error estimates rather than SBAS vertical integrity LNAV V approaches do not downgrade in general because they do not require SBAS although high GPS vertical er...

Page 617: ...ugh an APR DWNGRADE advisory message and a change in the annunciated service level in the HSI As the APR DWNGRADE advisory message may not be triggered under certain circumstances the HSI annunciation shall be considered as the primary mean to annunciate any approach downgrade Under certain circumstances when the GNSS integrity requirement are not met nor approach level is available the approach m...

Page 618: ...nal equipment such as weather radar stormscope SVS or TAWS refer to section 9 Supplements Other optional equipment such as radio altimeter or chartview system or TAS are described in the GARMIN Pilot s Guide NOTE Refer to section 2 Limitations for chartview system operating limitations PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 619: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 6 Page 7 14 8 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 620: ... 5 1 8 6 Ground handling 8 6 1 Towing 8 6 1 Parking 8 6 1 Tie down 8 6 2 Jacking 8 6 4 Leveling 8 6 4 Flyable storage 8 6 4 Long term storage without flying 8 6 4 8 7 Servicing 8 7 1 Maintenance 8 7 1 Engine oil 8 7 1 Fuel 8 7 2 Landing gear 8 7 7 Oxygen 8 7 8 8 8 Airplane cleaning and care 8 8 1 Windshield and windows 8 8 1 Painted surfaces 8 8 1 Propeller care 8 8 2 Engine care 8 8 2 Interior ca...

Page 621: ...Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 8 0 2 8 10 Utilization by cold weather 0 C to 25 C or very cold weather 25 C to 40 C 8 10 1 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 622: ...ng of airplane Also included in this section arethe inspection and maintenance requirements which must befollowed if your airplane is to retain its performance and dependability It is recommendedthata planned scheduleof lubricationand preventivemaintenance be followed and that this schedule be tailored to the climatic or flying conditions to which the airplane is subjected For this see manufacture...

Page 623: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 8 1 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 624: ...plate Any correspondence regarding your airplane should include its serial number This number together with the model number type certificate number and production certificate number are stamped on the identification plate attached to the left side of the fuselage beneath the horizontal stabilizer PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 625: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 8 2 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 626: ...GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck Pilot s Guide and supplemental data covering optional equipment installed in the airplane refer to section 9 Supplements and pilot guides In addition the owner may get access to the following publications online Maintenance Manual Illustrated Parts Catalog Catalog of Service Bulletins Service Letters CAUTION POH must always be in the airplane PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT...

Page 627: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 8 3 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 628: ...to regulations in force in the certification country for information concerning preventive maintenance to be carried out A maintenance manual must be obtained prior to performing any preventive maintenance to make sure that proper procedures are followed Maintenance must be accomplished by licensed personnel PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 629: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 8 4 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 630: ...5 1 8 5 Alterations or repairs It is essential that the airworthiness authorities be contacted prior to any alterations or repairs on the airplane to make sure that airworthiness of the airplane is not violated Alterations or repairs must be accomplished by licensed personnel PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 631: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 8 5 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 632: ... see figure 8 6 1 Parking When parking the airplane head it into the wind Do not set the parking brake when brakes are overheated or during cold weather when accumulated moisture may freeze the brakes Care should be taken when using the parking brake for an extended period of time during which an air temperature rise or drop could cause difficulty in releasing the parking brake or damage the brake...

Page 633: ...s tie the airplane down as outlined in the following paragraph Tie down Proper tie down procedure is the best protection against damage to the airplane by gusty or strong winds To tiedown the airplane securely proceed as follows Install control lock see figure 8 6 2 Chock all wheels Tie sufficiently strong ropes or chains to hold airplane down insert a rope in each tie down hole located on flap hi...

Page 634: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 8 6 3 Figure 8 6 1 Turning angle limits PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 635: ...ueling Keep fuel tanks full to minimize condensation in the tanks Keep the battery fully charged to prevent the electrolyte from freezing in cold weather Close oxygen cylinder isolation valve Storage from 8 to 28 days Engine according to maintenance manual P W C Airplane fueling Keep fuel tanks full to minimize condensation in the tanks Keep the battery fully charged to prevent the electrolyte fro...

Page 636: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 8 6 5 Figure 8 6 2 Control lock device PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 637: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 8 6 6 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 638: ...viscosities or specifications of oil as their different chemical structure can make them incompatible Specification Nominal Viscosity Specification NATO Code 5cSt MIL PRF 23699G O 156 STD O 154 HTS Figure 8 7 1 Recommended engine oil types Reference Service Bulletin P W C No 14001 at the latest revision Oil capacity System total capacity 12 7 Quarts 12 Litres oil cooler included Usable capacity 6 ...

Page 639: ...el may result in high consumption rate with the oil exiting through the accessory gearbox breather CAUTION When filler cap assembly is installed and locked no movement is allowed Fuel Total capacity each tank 150 5 USG 570 l NOTE To minimize condensation it is recommended that airplane be refueled after each flight respecting weight and balance limits CAUTION Never fly the airplane with contaminat...

Page 640: ...es only AVGAS will not be used for more than 150 cumulative hours during any period between engine overhaul NOTE Use of AVGAS must be recorded in engine module logbook US Specification US French Specification FR English Specification UK NATO Code ASTM D1655 JET A ASTM D1655 JET A1 ASTM D1655 JET B AIR 3405C Grade F35 DERD 2494 Issue 9 F35 without additive MIL DTL 5624 Grade JP 4 AIR 3407B DERD 245...

Page 641: ...and operators they do exist in certain areas of the world and consequently must be dealt with when encountered Therefore to alleviate the possibility of fuel icing occurring under these unusual conditions it is required to add an ethylene glycol monomethyl ether EGME or DIEGME compound to the fuel supply The introduction of an EGME or DIEGME compound into the fuel provides two distinct effects it ...

Page 642: ... using a differential refractometer It is imperative that the technical manual for the differential refractometer be followed explicitly when checking the additive concentration Fuel and fuel additives in Ukraine and CIS countries It is possible to use kerosene GOST 10227 RT with addition of anti icing liquid liquid И GOST 8313 88 Above mentioned liquid is added in the quantity equal to 0 3 percen...

Page 643: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 8 7 6 Figure 8 7 3 Additive mixing ratio EGME or DIEGME PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 644: ...hock absorbers Fill with hydraulic fluid AIR 3520 B MIL H5606E inflate with nitrogen to 160 psi 11 bars Hydraulic system Check every 100 hours and service with AIR 3520 B MIL H5606E hydraulic fluid Brakes Service as required with AIR 3520 B MIL H5606E hydraulic fluid NOTE A higher inflation pressure has to be applied to tires and shock absorbers when in very cold conditions refer to chapter 8 9 Ti...

Page 645: ...inder is installed directly on the cylinder head It consists of a charging valve and of a pressure gage graduated from 0 to 2000 PSIG A chart see figure 8 7 4 located on the inside of the cylinder service door gives the cylinder charge maximum pressure according to the environment temperature Figure 8 7 4 Charge pressure chart PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 646: ...rd Use no oil or grease with the oxygen replenishment equipment Always open shut off valve slowly to avoid generating heat and replenish the system slowly at a rate not exceeding 200 PSIG 13 7 bars per minute CAUTION Replenishment of the oxygen system should only be carried out by qualified personnel NOTE The cylinder full charge is assured for a pressure of 1850 PSIG 127 bars at a temperature of ...

Page 647: ...nnect it to the charging valve 7 Slowly pressurize the oxygen cylinder to the correct pressure 8 Close the oxygen supply and let the cylinder temperature become stable 9 Monitor the oxygen pressure on the gage and fill to the correct pressureif necessary 10 Release the pressure in the oxygen supply hose and disconnect from the charging valve 11 Install the cap on the charging valve 12 Make sure al...

Page 648: ...he masks to deploy WARNING Masks shall be repacked in an area free of oil grease flammable solvents or other contaminants 1 Inspect and disinfect mask and deployment container with an aqueous solution of Zephiran Chloride Scott Aviation P N 00 2572 or with disinfection cleaners EROS P N SAN50 After disinfecting and thoroughly drying the mask lightly dust the outside of the facepiece with Neo Novac...

Page 649: ...31 2013 Rev 4 Page 8 7 12 4 Gently fold reservoir bag lengthwise into thirds outside edges folded inward over center of bag Do not crease bag 5 Fold reservoir bag away from breathing valves and into facepiece Make sure bag does not cover breathing valves PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 650: ...d into correct check valve for mask being installed Cross connected pins will result in passengers pulling lanyard cords only to initiate oxygen flow to another mask 8 Insert lanyard pin into corresponding check valve 9 Place mask facepiece first in deployment container Make sure that oxygen tubing and lanyard cord are free to deploy and are not caught between the container and lid 10 Close and la...

Page 651: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 8 7 14 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 652: ...leaning operation avoid wearing objects such as ring watch bracelet and exercise care to prevent buttons buckles and any hard objects from touching the windshield and the windows Adhesive tapes other than Minnesota 3m type 670 shall not be used on acrylic surfaces Never use buffing machines as excessive forces or speeds might produce redhibitory defects Follow by carefully washing with a mild dete...

Page 653: ...grass and bug stains will assure long blade life Never use an alkaline cleaner on the blades remove grease and dirt Refer to maintenance manual for the procedures to follow Engine care Refer to maintenance manual for the procedures to follow Interior care To remove dust and loose dirt from the upholstery and carpet clean the interior regularly with a vacuum cleaner For additional information refer...

Page 654: ...ver it can be used partly to remove or install an equipment item However the pilot must ensure that he gets all necessary authorizations from his regulatory authority 1 Conversion of 6 seat accommodation into 4 seat accommodation see figures 8 9 1 8 9 2 8 9 3 and 8 9 4 A Tools and consumable materials Seat protective covers B Preparation 1 Make sure the SOURCE selector is set to OFF and the crash ...

Page 655: ...the rails to line up pads 4 with rail 5 apertures h Remove the seat NOTE Ensure proper storage of strap 9 with L H rear seat to avoid loosing part D Removal of intermediate seats see figures 8 9 2 and 8 9 3 1 To remove intermediate seats perform the following operations a Install protective covers b Pull backrest bottom upholstery 25 to remove it c Clear the carpet from under the seat to facilitat...

Page 656: ...3 detail B 3 Remove blanking plugs 31 located in line with R H front side window see figure 8 9 3 detail C and install them on holes located in line with card table see figure 8 9 3 detail D G Installation of intermediate seats see figures 8 9 2 8 9 3 and 8 9 4 1 Install deflector 34 ensuring that both red marks 36 are aligned with the deflector holes 35 see figure 8 9 4 NOTE Position deflectors 3...

Page 657: ...orward and backward f Install backrest bottom upholstery 25 NOTE Adjust it properly make sure not to obstruct deflector 34 outlet g Slide properly the carpet under the seat h Remove protective covers H Final operations 1 If removed install cabin central carpet suited to the intended use NOTE Slide properly the carpet under doorstep 2 If necessary remove the baggage compartment partition net and in...

Page 658: ...9 3 detail A 3 Remove blanking plugs 31 located in line with card table see figure 8 9 3 detail D and install them on holes located in line with R H front side window see figure 8 9 3 detail C D Installation of cabinet NOTE This operation must be carried out by a service center E Installation of intermediate seats 1 Install intermediate seats refer to paragraph 1 G 2 If removed install the baggage...

Page 659: ...itioning 1 Make sure the work area is clean and free from debris 2 Determine weight and balance refer to section 6 3 Additional configurations WARNING Removed seats can only be installed at their original location Rear seat L H or R H is the only one which can be installed in cabin axis on both central rails refer to section 7 NOTE Many combinations of accommodations are authorized with seats rear...

Page 660: ...n 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 8 9 7 Equipment Action Description operation Rear seat Removal Paragraph 1 C Installation Paragraph 2 F Intermediate seat Removal Paragraph 1 D Installation Paragraph 1 G Cargo net Installation Section 7 Table 1 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 661: ...ing and maintenance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 8 9 8 1 Seat tilting handle 2 Ring 3 Lock 4 Pad 5 Rail 6 Backrest tilting handle 7 Quick link 8 Knob 9 Strap Figure 8 9 1 1 2 Removal installation of rear seat PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 662: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 8 9 9 Figure 8 9 1 2 2 Removal installation of rear seat PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 663: ...andling servicing and maintenance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 8 9 10 Figure 8 9 2 Removal installation of intermediate seat 21 Locking handle 22 Lock 23 Pad 24 Rail 25 Backrest bottom upholstery PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 664: ...ervicing and maintenance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 8 9 11 Figure 8 9 3 Cabin comfort Installation of blanking plugs and deflector 31 Blanking plug 32 Blanking plug 33 Blanking device assy 34 Deflector PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 665: ...tion 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 8 9 12 Figure 8 9 4 Cabin comfort Installation of deflector 34 Deflector 35 Deflector hole 36 Red mark 37 Color mark PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 666: ... engine cowlings seals as well as the leading edge deicers 2 Apply engine oil on the engine cowling latches 3 Inflate main landing gear shock absorbers to 247 psi 17 bars at a room temperature of 15 C 4 Position a 0 59 in 15 mm shim at the bottom of the piston tube and against forward landing gear half fork to reduce shock absorber travel Refill with hydraulic liquid Remove the shim and inflate sh...

Page 667: ...g table 1 during operation in cold weather only OAT C 40 30 20 10 15 P r e s s u r e s psi bars Main landing gear shock absorber 189 13 196 13 5 203 14 218 15 247 17 Nose gear shock absorber 102 7 109 7 5 116 8 123 8 5 138 9 5 Main landing gear tire 144 9 96 144 9 96 130 8 96 130 8 96 130 8 96 Nose gear tire 94 6 5 94 6 5 102 7 102 7 102 7 Table 1 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 668: ...urpose other than that for which it is supplied nor may information contained in it be disclosed to unauthorized persons It must not be reproduced nor transmitted in any form in whole or in part without permission in writing from the owners of the Copyright Information in this document is subject to change without notice 2019 DAHER AEROSPACE All rights reserved DAHER AEROSPACE Customer care 65921 ...

Page 669: ... 0 4 DEC 17 2 0 4 DEC 17 3 0 5 APR 19 4 0 5 APR 19 5 0 5 APR 19 6 0 5 APR 19 7 0 5 APR 19 8 0 5 APR 19 9 0 5 APR 19 10 0 5 APR 19 11 0 5 APR 19 12 0 5 APR 19 13 0 5 APR 19 14 0 5 APR 19 15 0 5 APR 19 16 0 5 APR 19 17 0 5 APR 19 18 0 5 APR 19 19 0 5 APR 19 20 0 5 APR 19 21 0 5 APR 19 22 0 5 APR 19 23 0 5 APR 19 24 0 5 APR 19 25 0 5 APR 19 26 0 5 APR 19 27 0 5 APR 19 28 0 5 APR 19 29 0 5 APR 19 30 0...

Page 670: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook List of equipment Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 0B Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 671: ... Page 0C List of amendments Revision 1 dated February 2014 Pages Description All pages Page heading change to introduce the TBM700 trade name associated to the airplane serial numbers concerning the content of this POH TBM850 becomes TBM900 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 672: ...lower main landing gear doors 17 Addition of OPT MOD70 0409 32 GOOD YEAR main tire 18 Addition of OPT MOD70 0408 32 GOOD YEAR nose tire 19 Suppression of Rear strobe light power supply part number 21 Addition of OPT MOD70 0222 00A Electronic checklists technical content 22 Replacement of antennas by transmitting antenna and receiving antenna 23 Addition versions A and B for Transponder 1 GTX 33 27...

Page 673: ...13 Rev 4 Page 0E List of amendments Revision 3 dated June 2016 Pages Description Title Copyright and logo update 0A List of effective pages 0E 0F List of amendments 16 Addition of Pre MOD70 0407 00D validity for Aural warning system PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 674: ...1 2013 Rev 4 Page 0F List of amendments Revision 4 dated December 2017 Pages Description Title Copyright 0A List of effective pages 0F List of amendments Revision 4 All pages Presentation and or text moving 32 Integration of TR25 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 675: ...mendments Revision 5 dated April 8 2019 Pages Description Title Copyright and company identity name change 0A List of effective pages 0G and 0H List of amendments Revision 5 4 thru 40 Removal of manufacturer data 3 Terminology text moving and or presentation PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 676: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook List of equipment Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 0H Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 677: ... furnishings 12 ATA 26 Fire protection 15 ATA 27 Flight controls 16 ATA 28 Fuel system 17 ATA 30 Ice and rain protection 18 ATA 31 Indicating recording systems 19 ATA 32 Landing gears 20 ATA 33 Lights 22 ATA 34 Navigation 24 ATA 35 Oxygen 30 ATA 37 Vacuum 31 ATA 46 Information systems 32 ATA 52 Doors 33 ATA 56 Windows 34 ATA 57 Wings 35 ATA 61 Propeller 36 ATA 71 Power plant 37 ATA 77 Engine indic...

Page 678: ...plane file Columns showing weight in pounds and arm in inches provide the weight and center of gravity location for the equipment In the list of Required Standard or Optional equipment not restrictive a letter R S O or A allows classifying the equipment R equipment items required for certification S standard equipment items A optional equipment items which are in addition to required or standard i...

Page 679: ...metric altimeter GDC74B Air data computer GDU1XXX Display 2 3 2 2 P N 011 01110 00 P N 011 00916 00 or P N 011 01108 00 Autopilot Altitude Hold function GMC710 AFCS mode controller GIA63W Integrated Avionics Computer GRS77 1 2 2 1 2 2 P N 011 01020 10 P N 011 01105 40 P N 011 00868 10 ATC transponder Altitude reporting transponder 1 1 TSO C 74c Quantity installed Quantity required PIM DO NOT USE F...

Page 680: ...ion 0 October 31 2013 Rev 5 Page 4 S R A O Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 01 Specific optional equipment S 01026A Flight ceiling at 31000 ft PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 681: ... Air Distributor 6044A010001 4 06 0 840 153 54 3 900 S Bleed temperature switch 92244B010002 0 13 0 060 153 54 3 900 21 30 Pressurization control S Cabin altitude warn switch 214 C40 3 261 0 077 0 035 153 94 3 910 S Cabin P warn switch 17 600 01 0 143 0 065 139 76 3 550 S Outflow valve 81146A010101 3 97 1 800 317 32 8 060 S Safety valve 81147A010101 3 31 1 500 317 32 8 060 21 50 Temperature condit...

Page 682: ... 750 S Non return valve 52704A010001 0 66 0 300 118 11 3 000 S Ground Fan 8031A020 3 95 1 790 90 55 2 300 21 55 Vapor cycle cooling system S Compressor 1377A010001 14 77 6 700 98 43 2 500 S Cockpit Evaporator Assembly 14720A010001 9 06 4 111 200 79 5 100 S Cabin Evaporator Assembly 14719A010001 12 90 5 850 311 02 7 900 S Condenser Assembly 81250A010001 24 80 11 250 330 71 8 400 21 60 Temperature r...

Page 683: ...e 7 S R A O Arm in m Weight per unit lb kg Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 S Cockpit ventilated sensor 92279A010002 0 18 0 080 182 09 4 625 S Cabin ventilated sensor 92279A010002 0 18 0 080 250 00 6 350 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 684: ...05 22 Upgrading of AFCS GFC 700 composed of Pitch servo GSA 81 Servo mount GSM 86 4 08 1 85 247 40 6 284 Roll servo GSA 81 Servo mount GSM 86 4 08 1 85 231 10 5 870 Yaw servo GSA 81 Servo mount GSM 86 4 08 1 85 253 70 6 444 Pitch trim servo GSA 81 Servo mount GSM 86 4 14 1 88 157 87 4 010 Trim adapter GTA 82 1 30 0 59 240 87 6 118 AFCS Control Unit GMC 710 0 91 0 41 156 61 3 978 PIM DO NOT USE FOR...

Page 685: ... COM 1 system Transceiver integrated in GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit 1 refer to ATA 34 28 VHF antenna under fuselage 16 21B P3 0 86 0 390 271 65 6 900 S 0176 00A G1000 COM 2 system Transceiver integrated in GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit 2 refer to ATA 34 28 VHF antenna above fuselage 16 21B P3 0 86 0 390 271 65 6 900 S Static dischargers DSC 740049 Qty 4 Neglig S Static dischargers 2 5 SCY ...

Page 686: ...0 1 474 Post MOD70 0319 Version C with antenna CI 490 1 GSR unit support pre installed Version D with antenna CI 490 1 Whole capability pre installed A 0410 23 HF Communication System KHF1050 of which 38 03 17 250 302 70 7 689 Control Display unit 1 56 0 707 155 43 3 948 Receiver Exciter 5 90 2 676 123 07 3 126 Antenna coupler 16 20 7 348 342 28 8 694 Power amplifier 8 40 3 810 342 83 8 708 HF Ant...

Page 687: ... 24 Electric power system EPS 1408 1 1 14 330 6 500 128 15 3 255 R Stand by alternator ES10024B 5 13 000 5 897 104 84 2 663 R Starter generator MG94K 1 31 989 14 510 118 83 2 815 S 24002A Lead acid battery RG 380E 44 85 979 39 000 112 20 2 850 A 0303 24 Charger Maintainer for lead acid battery 0 220 0 100 114 17 2 900 24 40 External power supply S Ground power receptacle MS 3506 1 0 794 0 360 114 ...

Page 688: ...0 130 200 00 5 080 A 25032 Front seats ease covers 2 756 1 250 183 78 4 668 A 25035 JetFly type cabin arrangement A 25036 Cabin furnishings Loupe d Orme wood A 0151 25 CD reader PCD 7100 2 20 1 00 205 04 5 208 A 0304 25 Cabin fitting out Autolux leather upholstering variants Version A Heather leather light blue coloured seats Version B Blue jeans coloured carpets Version C Sateen Chocolate coloure...

Page 689: ... 1 500 195 28 4 960 28 12VDC Converter AK 551 18S 2 98 1 350 195 28 4 960 5 VDC servicing plugs unit USB type Qty 2 in the cockpit of which 1 10 0 500 141 73 3 600 28 5VDC Converter USB 04 13 0 76 0 343 141 73 3 600 A 0417 25 Paper clips one on each control wheel Seats Belts Standard equipment Leather seats Belts S Reels 1 79 0 810 192 91 or 287 40 4 900 or 7 300 S Pilot s seat T700C2500002 55 12 ...

Page 690: ...70 or MOD70 25 61 Emergency locator transmitter A 25030G Three frequency emergency locator transmitter C406 1 with base with G1000 system GPS source airplanes equipped with reinforcement of which 7 77 3 523 349 92 8 888 ELT C406 1 3 36 1 525 354 72 9 010 ELT NAV interface box 453 6500 2 69 1 220 353 15 8 970 Antenna 110 338 0 449 0 204 318 70 8 095 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 691: ...ment Item OPT70 or MOD70 26 Fire protection S 26002E Engine fire detection system capability installation A 26002F Engine fire detection system 1 455 0 660 96 06 2 440 A 0391 26 Portable fire extinguisher unit 74 00 Version A 4 89 2 220 170 11 4 321 Version B 4 89 2 220 192 16 and 194 16 4 881 and 4 932 Version C 4 96 2 250 193 80 4 923 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 692: ...ntrol R Rudder trim actuator 145700 02 1 543 0 700 395 27 10 040 S 0348 27 New control wheels S L H equipped control wheel 83912112 2 535 1 150 157 98 4 000 S RH equipped control wheel 83912113 2 535 1 150 157 98 4 000 27 30 Pitch control S Pitch trim actuator 145400 02 1 213 0 550 425 20 10 800 27 50 Wing flaps control R Flap control including 15 520 7 040 218 50 5 550 Flap motor 6157 1 2 866 1 3...

Page 693: ...0 700 110 24 2 800 R Fuel unit L88A15 651 4 586 2 080 133 07 3 380 R A35 fuel sequencer unit 1 102 0 500 125 98 3 200 28 40 Fuel indication R 0158 28C Fuel gage amplifier in us gal 738574 1 0 1 08 0 49 278 74 7 080 R Inboard L H gage 762 438 1 0 0 331 0 150 183 07 4 650 R Inboard R H gage 762 439 1 0 0 331 0 150 183 07 4 650 R Intermediate gage 762 440 1 0 0 220 0 100 190 94 4 850 R Outboard gage ...

Page 694: ...00A3010001002 inboard L H Wing 5 732 2 600 173 23 4 400 S Deicer T700A3010001003 inboard R H Wing 5 732 2 600 173 23 4 400 S Deicer T700A3010001004 middle L H Wing 3 748 1 700 173 23 4 400 S Deicer T700A3010001005 middle R H Wing 3 748 1 700 173 23 4 400 S Deicer T700A3010012000 outboard L H Wing 2 65 1 200 173 23 4 400 S Deicer T700A3010001007 outboard R H Wing 3 307 1 500 173 23 4 400 S Dual por...

Page 695: ...or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 31 Indicating recording systems 31 20 Independent instruments O 31002A Hourmeter 56457 3 engine running time 0 551 0 250 156 30 3 970 S Hourmeter 56457 3 flying time 0 551 0 250 156 30 3 970 31 50 Aural warning R Aural warning system T700A3155011000 Pre MOD70 0407 00D 0 661 0 300 183 07 4 650 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 696: ... landing gear R 0134 32 Nose gear D23766000 53 57 24 300 93 70 2 380 32 30 Extension and retraction R Door actuator EC 6230 1 345 0 610 192 91 4 900 O 0334 32 Main locking actuator VSTS 083560 13 228 6 000 208 07 5 285 O 0334 32 Nose locking actuator VSTS 083560 13 228 6 000 110 24 2 800 R Hand pump 914 8D27 2 326 1 055 181 10 4 600 32 35 Hydraulic generation R 060 32 Hydraulic power pack 1118 04 ...

Page 697: ...396 6 530 204 33 5 190 R Master cylinder 010 07802 0 882 0 400 145 67 3 700 R Nose tire 5 00 5 10PR TL MICHELIN 5 600 2 540 89 57 2 275 GOOD YEAR 6 300 2 858 89 57 2 275 R 0408 32 Nose tire 5 00 5 10PR 6 834 3 100 89 57 2 275 R Nose wheel 40 262A 2 976 1 350 89 57 2 275 R Main wheel Model 40 434 11 28 5 120 204 33 5 190 R Parking brake valve T700A3240010 or T700B3240001 0 331 0 150 157 48 4 000 PI...

Page 698: ... inspection light icing detection T700G3340020 0 20 0 090 151 57 3 850 S 0322 00 L H taxi and landing lights 01 0771674 01 1 400 0 635 181 10 4 600 S 0322 00 R H taxi and landing lights 01 0771674 01 1 400 0 635 181 10 4 600 S 0322 00 NAV Anticollision system LED lights S Central units S L H strobe light power supply 01 0771234 07 0 609 0 277 191 38 4 861 S R H strobe light power supply 01 0771234...

Page 699: ... in m Weight per unit lb kg Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 S R H navigation strobe recognition lights 01 0771170 01 0 499 0 227 184 29 4 681 S Rear tail navigation strobe lights 01 0790667 00 0 499 0 227 444 21 11 283 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 700: ...7 Neglig S Static reference selector TB30 77010000 0 220 0 100 157 48 4 000 S 0160 34A Authorization to operate in RVSM area S 0176 00A Air Data Computer 1 GDC 74B 2 31 1 05 150 24 3 816 S 0176 00A Air Data Computer 2 GDC 74B 2 31 1 05 150 24 3 816 O 0335 34 Electronic Standby Instrument ESI 2000 replacing altimeter airspeed indicator and stand by horizon S Version A refer to 34 24 2 75 1 250 154 ...

Page 701: ... 39 4 150 34 24 ADI and standby horizon S Electronic stand by indicator integrated in MOD70 0335 34 ESI 2000 see 34 11 2 75 1 250 154 29 3 919 34 28 Electronic flight instrumentation system S 0176 00A Integrated Flight Deck System G1000 composed of PFD1 GDU 1040A 6 53 2 96 155 71 3 955 PFD2 GDU 1040A 6 53 2 96 155 71 3 955 MFD GDU 1500A 8 66 3 93 155 20 3 942 Engine Airframe Interface Unit 1 GEA 7...

Page 702: ...cklists technical content 34 31 Marker S MARKER antenna DM N27 3 0 750 0 340 129 92 3 300 S Receiver integrated in the GMA 1347C dual audio systems refer to ATA 23 34 41 Stormscope A 34056B Stormscope WX 500 G1000 coupled 4 94 2 24 232 28 5 900 Antenna NY163 0 84 0 38 311 02 7 900 Processor WX500 2 27 1 03 255 91 6 500 34 42 Weather radar A 0394 34 Weather radar GWX 70 10 35 4 47 169 1 4 295 34 43...

Page 703: ...stem GTS 820 G1000 coupled of which 22 53 10 220 177 68 4 513 Processor GTS 820 9 92 4 500 143 11 3 635 Power amplifier low noise amplifier GPA 65 1 90 0 860 221 42 5 624 Antenna GA 58 above fuselage 0 79 0 360 230 71 5 860 Antenna GA 58 under fuselage 0 79 0 360 260 63 6 620 34 51 NAV 1 installation S VHF GS NAV antenna DM N4 17N 3 307 1 500 401 57 10 200 S Receiver integrated in the GIA 63W Inte...

Page 704: ...12 Antenna KA 61 above fuselage 0 40 0 18 193 22 4 908 A 0176 00E Transponder 2 GTX 33 Mode S non diversity 3 87 1 75 149 65 3 801 Antenna KA 61 0 40 0 18 193 22 4 908 A 0264 34A Transponder 1 GTX 33D Mode S diversity with extended squitter 4 41 2 00 149 65 3 801 Antenna KA 61 under fuselage 0 40 0 18 150 08 3 812 Antenna KA 61 above fuselage 0 40 0 18 193 22 4 908 A 0264 34B Transponder 1 GTX 33 ...

Page 705: ...iver RA3502 P N 0505 757 912 2 205 1 000 Antenna AN3500 P N 0832 601 912 3 594 1 630 RMI converter AC3504 P N 0856 010 912 1 323 0 600 34 55 DME installation A 34014E DME KN63 G1000 coupled 2 80 1 27 232 28 5 900 Antenna KA 61 0 40 0 18 238 82 6 066 34 57 Global Positioning System GPS S 0176 00A GPS WAAS Antenna GA 36 0 46 0 21 204 84 5 203 S 0176 00A GPS WAAS XM Antenna GA 37 0 50 0 23 204 84 5 2...

Page 706: ...on 0 October 31 2013 Rev 5 Page 30 S R A O Arm in m Weight per unit lb kg Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 35 Oxygen S 0207 00 Gaseous oxygen system 22 73 10 310 226 77 5 760 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 707: ...red R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 37 Vacuum S Air ejector valve 19E17 5A 0 661 0 300 116 14 2 950 S Regulator and relief valve 38E 96 2D 1 323 0 600 116 14 2 950 S Vacuum relief valve 691 21A 0 331 0 150 139 76 3 550 S Valve 557 18 E 0 353 0 160 118 11 3 000 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 708: ... 31 2013 Rev 5 Page 32 S R A O Arm in m Weight per unit lb kg Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 46 Information systems O 0459 46B Flight stream transceiver FS 210 0 264 0 120 151 18 3 840 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 709: ...rd S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 52 Doors A 52002A Pilot door 44 092 20 000 171 26 4 350 O 0320 52A New Pilot door Up to S N 1006 44 864 20 350 173 23 4 400 O 0320 52B New Pilot door From S N 1007 45 607 20 687 173 23 4 400 S 0342 52 Additional landing gear doors 6 613 3 000 204 33 5 190 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 710: ...n 0 October 31 2013 Rev 5 Page 34 S R A O Arm in m Weight per unit lb kg Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 56 Windows S 56001A Deiced R H Windshield Δ1 764 Δ 0 800 158 27 4 020 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 711: ...1 2013 Rev 5 Page 35 S R A O Arm in m Weight per unit lb kg Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 57 Wings S 57001A Utilization on runways covered with melting snow Δ 7 716 Δ 3 500 200 00 5 080 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 712: ... Item OPT70 or MOD70 61 Propeller 61 10 Propeller assembly S Propeller 4 blade HC E4N 3 E 9083 S K spinner 104553P 154 76 70 20 43 11 1 095 A Propeller 5 blade HC E5N 3C NC 8834 K spinner 104552P 171 08 77 60 43 11 1 095 61 20 Controls S Propeller governor 8210 007 2 646 1 200 59 06 1 500 O Overspeed governor 1439230 2 535 1 150 59 06 1 500 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 713: ...nal A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 71 Power plant R Turboprop engine PT6 A 66D 497 30 226 00 79 72 2 025 S Top silentblocks 95007 16 Qty 2 2 647 1 201 79 72 2 025 S Bottom silentblocks 95007 19 Qty 2 2 654 1 204 79 72 2 025 71 60 Air inlet R 0359 71 Inertial separator actuator JA23372 1000 1 2 156 0 978 62 99 1 600 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 714: ...PT70 or MOD70 77 Engine indicating R Compressor turbine tacho generator Ng MIL G 26611C GEU 7 A 0 981 0 445 108 27 2 750 R Propeller tacho generator Np MIL G 26611 GEU 7 A P N 32005 025 0 981 0 445 55 12 1 400 R Torque transducer 8107 200 00 10 0 463 0 210 53 54 1 360 77 12 Fuel management S Fuel flow transmitter 660 526AS 0 683 0 310 110 20 2 799 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 715: ...ard S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 79 Lubrication 79 20 Distribution R Oil cooler L8538233 10 472 4 750 90 55 2 300 79 30 Indicating R 79001A Oil pressure transmitter 8107 400 00 10 0 441 0 200 106 30 2 700 S 0169 79 C Chip detection system 2 detectors interfaced with G1000 system Neglig PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 716: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook List of equipment Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 4 Page 40 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 717: ...rom S N 1000 up to S N 1269 plus S N 687 X X X X X X X 45 3 Mexico specifics MOD70 0619 11 Version C From S N 1270 X X 47 1 GARMIN GWX70 color weather radar MOD70 0394 34 From S N 1000 to S N 1049 plus S N 687 X 49 2 GARMIN TAWS System MOD70 0176 00 Version F From S N 1000 plus S N 687 X X X X X X X 50 2 GARMIN Synthetic Vision System MOD70 0226 00 From S N 1000 plus S N 687 X X X X X X X 900 E0 F...

Page 718: ...7 X 59 1 Brazil specifics OPT70 01004 From S N 1000 up to S N 1269 plus S N 687 X X X X X 59 3 Brazil specifics MOD70 0619 11 Version B From S N 1270 X X 60 1 ADS B OUT function MOD70 0264 34 MOD70 0542 34 From S N 1000 up to S N 1159 plus S N 687 with MOD70 0176 00 X X 62 0 Flight envelope protection MOD70 0423 34 and MOD70 0488 27 From S N 1000 up to S N 1169 plus S N 687 with MOD70 0176 00 X X ...

Page 719: ...Version A From S N 1000 plus S N 687 X X X X 68 0 TBM930 2018 From S N 1216 X 69 0 Baro VNAV approaches MOD70 0636 34 From S N 1000 plus S N 687 equipped with G1000 system MOD70 0176 00 or G1000 NXi system retrofit MOD70 0539 00 Versions D E X X X 71 0 JCAB Supplement for TBM940 airplane MOD70 0619 11 Version D From S N 1272 X 72 0 France specifics MOD70 0619 11 Version E From S N 1270 X X 900 E0 ...

Page 720: ...rage cabinet MOD70 0684 25 From S N 1270 X X 75 0 GDR66 COM3 VHF communication MOD70 0722 23 From S N 1272 X 900 E0 From S N 1000 to S N 1049 plus S N 687 900 E1 From S N 1050 910 E0 From S N 1170 to 1269 910 E1 Airplane equipped with MOD70 0539 00 Version H 930 E0 Airplane equipped with MOD70 476 00 930 E1 Airplane equipped with MOD70 549 00 940 E0 Airplane equipped with MOD70 0649 00 Version A P...

Page 721: ... 9 6 1 SUPPLEMENT WX 500 stormscope Table of contents Page 1 General 9 6 2 2 Limitations 9 6 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 6 3 4 Normal procedures 9 6 3 5 Performance 9 6 3 6 Weight and balance 9 6 4 7 Description 9 6 4 8 Handling Servicing and maintenance 9 6 4 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 722: ... airplane is equipped with the option WX 500 stormscope The WX 500 stormscope systems signal displays are not intended for the purpose of penetrating thunderstorm areas or areas of severe turbulence such intentional use is prohibited NOTE Range selection determines receiver sensitivity and therefore relative range Displayed range is based on signal strength and is not to be used for accurate deter...

Page 723: ...ocedures of the airplane described in section 3 Emergency procedures of the basic POH SECTION 4 Normal procedures Normal operating procedures of the WX 500 stormscope are outlined in the WX 500 Pilot s Guide SECTION 5 Performance Installation and operation of WX 500 stormscope do not change the basic performance of the airplane described in section 5 Performance of the basic POH PIM DO NOT USE FOR...

Page 724: ...scribed in section 7 Description of the basicPOH whenthe airplaneis equippedwith theoption WX 500 stormscope The WX 500 series II stormscope weather mapping system provides a visual screen readout of the electrical discharges associated with thunderstorms This information with proper interpretation will allow thepilot todetect severethunderstorm activity A series of green dots or of strike points ...

Page 725: ...8 1 SUPPLEMENT Engine fire detection system Table of contents Page 1 General 9 18 2 2 Limitations 9 18 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 18 3 4 Normal procedures 9 18 5 5 Performance 9 18 5 6 Weight and balance 9 18 6 7 Description 9 18 7 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 18 7 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 726: ...ine fire detection system The general hereafter supplement or replace those of thestandard airplanedescribed in section 1 General of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with the option Engine fire detection system The fire detection system allows engine fire monitoring and indicating SECTION 2 Limitations Installation and operation of Engine fire detection system do not change the basic li...

Page 727: ...ook when the airplane is equipped with the option Engine fire detection system Engine fire on ground Symptoms ITT increasing ITT FIRE smoke 1 THROTTLE CUT OFF Airplane with G1000 or G1000 NXi Flight deck MOD70 0176 00 or MOD70 0539 00 2 BLEED switch OFF RST Airplane with G3000 Flight deck MOD70 0476 00 3 BLEED switch OFF All 4 A C switch OFF 5 Brakes As required 6 FUEL TANK SLECTOR OFF 7 Warn grou...

Page 728: ...e warning is not confirmed 1 Monitor the engine parameters ITT in particular 2 Look for smoke coming from engine cowls or from air conditioning system Land as soon as possible If the fire warning is confirmed 1 THROTTLE CUT OFF 2 AUX BP switch OFF 3 FUEL TANK SELECTOR OFF 4 Oxygen mask Use Airplane with G1000 or G1000 NXi Flight deck MOD70 0176 00 or MOD70 0539 00 5 BLEED switch OFF RST Airplane w...

Page 729: ...d with the option Engine fire detection system Before starting the engine Up to S N 1105 plus S N 687 on left side of left instrument panel FIRE TEST push button Press From S N 1106 on upper panel TEST push button Press All FIRE lights on and causes the illumination of the MASTER WARNING light SECTION 5 Performance Installation and operation of Engine fire detection system do not change the basic ...

Page 730: ...sic Pilot s Operating Handbook when the airplane is equipped with the option Engine fire detection system S R A O Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 26 Fire protection A 26002G or 26002 H Engine fire detection system L HOTELLIER From S N 1000 to 1105 plus S N 687 1 455 0 660 96 06 2 440 A 0496 26A Engine fire detection system L ...

Page 731: ...engine areas They consist of thermal switches detecting a temperature greater than 200 C Push button The push button enables the pilot to test the detection system by opening the grounding circuit It is connected in series with the 7 detectors Up to S N 1105 plus S N 687 The FIRE TEST push button is located on left side of left instrument panel From S N 1106 The TEST push button is located on uppe...

Page 732: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Supplement 18 Engine fire detection system Edition 3 December 31 2015 Rev 2 Page 9 18 8 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 733: ...s Table of contents Page 1 General 9 45 2 2 Limitations 9 45 2 Internal placards 9 45 2 External placards 9 45 10 3 Emergency procedures 9 45 18 4 Normal procedures 9 45 18 5 Performance 9 45 18 6 Weight and balance 9 45 18 7 Description 9 45 19 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 45 19 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 734: ...ation of the TBM airplane SECTION 2 Limitations The limitations hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 2 Limitations of the basic POH 2 9 Placards Internal placards 1 Rear pressurized baggage compartment in cabin On partition wall MÁXIMO 100 kg 220 lbs ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL PILOTO COMPROBAR QUE TODO EL EQUIPAJE ESTÁ ASEGURADO CORRECTAMENTE PARA INSTRUC...

Page 735: ...me C13bis For the large cargo net on R H Side upholstery panel in the rear baggage compartment 2 Non pressurized FWD baggage compartment On baggage compartment door frame MÁXIMO 50 kg 110 lbs PARA INSTRUCCIONES DE CARGA REFIERASE A LOS DATOS DE PESO Y BALANCE DEL MANUAL DE OPERACIÓN DEL PILOTO PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 736: ... side at front seat level and on the first rear passengers masks container R H side on the ceiling 4 On rear passengers masks containers on R H side on the ceiling and left side 5 On rear passenger s table casing LA MESA DEBE ESTAR GUARDADA DURANTE EL DESPEGUE Y ATERRIZAJE PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 737: ...ating Handbook Supplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 5 6 Door internal side On access door On pilot door if installed 7 On emergency exit handle PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 738: ...45 6 8 On landing gear emergency control access door 9 At the upper corner of the window on each side of the cockpit 10 On cabinet drawer optional Airplane equipped with coat hanger Post MOD70 0557 25 11 On the upper edge of the L H Passenger access door panel PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 739: ...upplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 7 Airplane equipped with lavatory compartment Post MOD70 0505 25 12 On fixed panel cabin side 13 On fixed panel toilet side PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 740: ...ing Handbook Supplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 8 14 On access door cabin side and toilet side 15 Behind access door cabin side and toilet side PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 741: ...ting Handbook Supplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 9 16 Front face of lavatory compartment near opening closing switches 17 On the magazine rack PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 742: ...ating Handbook Supplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 10 All External placards 18 Under engine cowling and under each wing 19 Near fuel tank caps PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 743: ...t 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 11 20 Above brakes hydraulic fluid reservoir against firewall 21 On langing gear hydraulic fluid reservoir 22 On fuse box in engine cowling PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 744: ...ating Handbook Supplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 12 23 On internal face of L H engine cowling 24 On front lower portion of firewall L H side PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 745: ...ting Handbook Supplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 13 25 On engine cowling in front of compartment door 26 On nose gear door 27 On nose gear leg PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 746: ...dbook Supplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 14 28 On main gear leg 29 On internal face of the oxygen cylinder service door 30 On the oxygen service door PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 747: ...ent 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 15 31 Near air data system port 32 On external side of emergency locator transmitter inspection door 33 On emergency exit external side PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 748: ...ent 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 16 34 Door external side On pilot door On access door On outer fuselage skin aft of access door and in the cabin forward of access door PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 749: ...g Handbook Supplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 17 35 On last step of stairs CARGA MÁXIMA SOBRE LA ESCALERA UNA PERSONA 36 On R H access door jamb PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 750: ... specifics SECTION 6 Weight and balance The weight and balance hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 6 Weight and balance of the basic POH S R A O Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 01 Specific optional equipment S 0212 11 Mexico certification markings SOCATA PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGH...

Page 751: ...ing Handbook Supplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 19 SECTION 7 Description No specifics SECTION 8 Handling servicing and maintenance No specifics PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 752: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Supplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 20 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 753: ...7 1 SUPPLEMENT GARMIN GWX 70 color weather radar Table of contents Page 1 General 9 47 2 2 Limitations 9 47 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 47 3 4 Normal procedures 9 47 4 5 Performance 9 47 5 6 Weight and balance 9 47 5 7 Description 9 47 6 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 47 8 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 754: ...ressed However it is important to obey the following restrictions Do not operate the radar during refueling operations or in the vicinity of trucks or containers containing flammables or explosives Do not allow personel within 12 feet of area being scanned by antenna when system is transmitting Airplane equipped with GARMIN G1000 flight deck MOD70 0176 00 The GARMIN G1000 Integrated Flight Deck Pi...

Page 755: ...tandard airplane described in Section 3 Emergency procedures of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN GWX 70 color weather radar CAUTION In reversionary mode the weather radar system automatically switches to standby mode The system remains in standby mode until both displays are restored In reversionary mode the weather radar system cannot be controlled PIM DO NOT USE...

Page 756: ...on 2 Limitations of this Supplement CAUTION In reversionary mode the weather radar system automatically switches to standby mode The system remains in standby mode until both displays are restored In reversionary mode the weather radar system cannot be controlled After engine start Radar Mode Softkey STANDBY A one minute period is initiated The countdown is displayed on the screen Climb Weather ra...

Page 757: ...ce of the basic POH or in any other applicable section 5 Performance depending on installed option SECTION 6 Weight and balance The weight and balance hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 6 Weight and balance of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN GWX 70 color weather radar S R A O Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Stand...

Page 758: ...airplaneis equippedwith theoption GARMIN GWX 70 color weather radar The weather information are displayed only on the MFD The controls for the MFD are located on both the MFD bezel and the MFD control unit Figure 9 47 1 1 2 GWX 70 weather radar display and controls 1 MFD 2 Radar mode 3 Area of weather display 4 Antenna stabilization status 5 MFD bezels 6 MFD control unit 7 Changes radar range TILT...

Page 759: ... Operating Handbook Supplement 47 GARMIN GWX 70 color weather radar Edition 1 October 31 2013 Rev 2 Page 9 47 7 Figure 9 47 1 2 2 GWX 70 weather radar display and controls PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 760: ...9 47 8 SECTION 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Installation and operation of GARMIN GWX 70 color weather radar do not change the basic handling servicing and maintenance procedures of the airplane described in section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance of the basic POH PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 761: ...9 1 SUPPLEMENT GARMIN TAWS system Table of contents Page 1 General 9 49 2 2 Limitations 9 49 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 49 3 4 Normal procedures 9 49 4 5 Performance 9 49 6 6 Weight and balance 9 49 6 7 Description 9 49 7 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 49 14 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 762: ...izontal navigation AC 2318 recommendation in order to avoid unwillingly warnings TAWS function must be inhibited for any landing on a terrain which is not mentioned in the data base The use of the terrain awareness warning and terrain display functions is prohibited during QFE atmospheric pressure at airport elevation operations Airplane equipped with GARMIN flight deck as standard The GARMIN Inte...

Page 763: ...cy procedures The emergency procedures hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 3 Emergency procedures of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN TAWS system TAWS FAIL annunciation The TAWS function is not operational PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 764: ...e Heard End of procedure 4 1 Warnings of the TAWS function PULL UP voice alert PULL UP PFD MFD alert annunciation and PULL UP MFD pop up alert light ON 1 Level the wings 2 TRQ Maximum 3 Choose the optimum rate of climb adapted to airplane configuration and speed until the warning disappears End of procedure Terrain Terrain Pull up Pull up Obstacle Obstacle Pull up Pull up voice alerts PULL UP PFD ...

Page 765: ...ACLE or TOO LOW TERRAIN MFD pop up alerts light ON 1 Adjust airplane path in order to make the warning disappear End of procedure Don t sink voice alert TERRAIN PFD MFD alert annunciation and DON T SINK MFD pop up alert light ON 1 Re establish a positive rate of climb End of procedure Sink rate voice alert TERRAIN PFD MFD alert annunciation and SINK RATE MFD pop up alert light ON 1 Reduce rate of ...

Page 766: ...ce of the basic POH SECTION 6 Weight and balance The weight and balance hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 6 Weight and balance of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN TAWS system S R A O Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 34 Navigation A 0176 00 Vers...

Page 767: ... Controller Voice alerts inhibiting TAWS Alerts can be inhibited by the pilot selecting Inhibit TAWS on Touchscreens Controllers Discretion should be used when inhibiting alerts and the system should be enabled when appropriate All The TAWS function has 7 modes 1 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance alert The Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance FLTA alert is used by TAWS and is composed of Reduced Requ...

Page 768: ...is annunciated when the projected vertical flight path is calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in table 9 49 1 Phase of flight Minimum Clearance Altitude Level Flight ft Minimum Clearance Altitude Descending ft Enroute 700 500 Terminal 350 300 Approach 150 100 Departure 100 100 Table 9 49 1 Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance values for FLTA alerts During the final approach pha...

Page 769: ...up Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Warning ROC Red PULL UP OBSTACLE PULL UP Obstacle Obstacle Pull up Pull up Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning IOI Red PULL UP OBSTACLE AHEAD PULL UP Obstacle Ahead Pull up Obstacle Ahead Pull up Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Caution RTC Amber TERRAIN CAUTION TERRAIN Caution Terrain Caution Terrain Imminent Terrain Impact Caution ITI Amber TERRAIN TERRAIN A...

Page 770: ...the destination airport PDA alerting ends when the airplane is either 0 5 Nm from the runway threshold or at an altitude of 125 feet AGL while within 1 0 Nm of the threshold Figure 9 49 1 PDA alerting threshold PDA Alerting Area The aural displayed messages associated with the PDA function are described in the table 9 49 3 Alert Type PFD MFD TAWS Page Annunciation MFD Map Page Pop Up Alert Aural M...

Page 771: ...he purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate EDR alert is to provide suitable notification when the airplane is determined to be closing descending upon terrain at an excessive speed Figure 9 49 2 shows the parameters for the alert as defined by TSO C151b Figure 9 49 2 Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 772: ...ive Climb Rate NCR After Takeoff alert also referred to as Altitude Loss After Takeoff is to provide suitable alerts to the pilot when the system determines that the airplane is loosing altitude closing upon terrain after takeoff The aural message Don t sink is given for NCR alerts accompanied by an annunciation and a pop up terrain alert on the PFD s and Touchscreen Controllers NCR alerting is on...

Page 773: ...lustrate the NCR alerting parameters as defined by TSO C151b The NCR alert is issued when the altitude loss and height are within the range in the first figure or when the sink rate negative vertical speed and height are within the range in the second figure Figure 9 49 3 Negative Climb Rate NCR Alert Criteria PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 774: ...navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums Should the navigation solution become degraded or if the airplane is out of the database coverage area the annunciation TAWS N A is generated in the annunciation window and on the TAWS Page The aural message TAWS Not Available is generated When the GPS signal is re established and the airplane is within the database coverage area t...

Page 775: ...0 1 SUPPLEMENT GARMIN Synthetic Vision System Table of contents Page 1 General 9 50 2 2 Limitations 9 50 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 50 3 4 Normal procedures 9 50 4 5 Performance 9 50 5 6 Weight and balance 9 50 5 7 Description 9 50 5 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 50 6 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 776: ... basic POH when the TBM airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN Synthetic Vision System The following document or any further edition applicable to the latter shall be readily available to the pilot whenever operation of the SVS is predicted Airplane equipped with G1000 Flight deck MOD70 0176 00 GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck Pilot s Guide No 190 00709 05 or its latest revision Airplane equippe...

Page 777: ...North 75 latitude to South 60 latitude in all longitudes SECTION 3 Emergency procedures The emergency procedures hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in Section 3 Emergency Procedures of the basic Pilot s Operating Handbook when the TBM airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN Synthetic Vision System Inconsistent display between SVS and GARMIN system primary ...

Page 778: ...hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 4 Normal procedures of the basic POH when the TBM airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN Synthetic Vision System CAUTION SVS information is not a subsitute for standard course and altitude deviation information provided by the CDI VSI VDI and the primary flight instruments as well as for the Traffic Advisory S...

Page 779: ...ane is equipped with the option GARMIN Synthetic Vision System S R A O Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 34 Navigation A 0226 00 Synthetic Vision System GARMIN SECTION 7 Description Information hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 7 Description of the basicPOH whenthe airplaneis eq...

Page 780: ... 9 50 6 SECTION 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Installation and operation of GARMIN Synthetic Vision System do not change the basic handling servicing and maintenance procedures of the airplane described in section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance of the basic POH PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 781: ...6 1 SUPPLEMENT GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone Table of contents Page 1 General 9 56 2 2 Limitations 9 56 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 56 4 4 Normal procedures 9 56 4 5 Performance 9 56 7 6 Weight and balance 9 56 7 7 Description 9 56 8 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 56 9 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 782: ...t Deck Pilot s Guide mentioned in section 2 Limitations of the basic POH G1000 or G3000 as standard or of the POH supplement G1000 NXi retrofit as applicable or any further applicable edition shall be readily available to the pilot whenever the operation of GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone is predicted Satellite phone functions WARNING Use of phone by PIC prohibited during all ai...

Page 783: ...t to comply with the applicable operational regulation in terms of flight preparation especially with regard to the use of an approved weather and NOTAM sources during flight planning International telecommunication regulation The GSR 56 is a telecommunication device approved under FCC ID Q639522B and registered by the ITU International Telecommunication Union for international use according to th...

Page 784: ...ed in section 3 Emergency procedures of the basic POH SECTION 4 Normal procedures The normal procedures hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 4 Normal Procedures of the basic POH when the TBM airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone Normal operating procedures of the GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and sate...

Page 785: ... OFF If rear passengers intend to take part in a phone call 2 CABIN button or PASS ICS button OFF 2 types of wording may exist for the same button If front passenger intends to take part in a phone call 3 INTRCOM button or CREW ICS button OFF 2 types of wording may exist for the same button On R H GMA audio panel 4 TEL button ON If rear passengers intend to take part in a phone call 5 CABIN button...

Page 786: ...passengers intend to take part into a phone call In one of the GTC s NAV COM Intercom Page 2 Pilot Passenger Link Arrow OFF If front passenger intends to take part into a phone call In one of the GTC s NAV COM Intercom Page 3 Pilot Copilot Link Arrow OFF In one of the GTC s NAV COM Audio Radios copilot Tab 4 TEL button ON if necessary switch off Sync to Pilot function If passengers intend to take ...

Page 787: ...asic POH SECTION 6 Weight and balance The weight and balance hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 6 Weight and balance of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone S R A O Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 23 Comm...

Page 788: ... be received and sent through the dedicated pages on the MFD The controls for the MFD are located on both the MFD bezel and the MFD control unit The telephone audio including the incoming callringing is controlled bythe TELbutton on the GMA audio panels and can be played in the pilot front passenger and passengers headphones Airplane with G3000 Flight deck The satellite phone interface is embedded...

Page 789: ... 9 56 9 SECTION 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Installation and operation of GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone do not change the basic handling servicing and maintenance procedures of the airplane described in section 8 Handling Servicing and Maintenance of the basic POH PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 790: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Supplement 56 GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone Edition 3 December 31 2015 Rev 3 Page 9 56 10 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 791: ...7 1 SUPPLEMENT Public transportation for French registered airplanes Table of contents Page 1 General 9 57 2 2 Limitations 9 57 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 57 6 4 Normal procedures 9 57 6 5 Performance 9 57 6 6 Weight and balance 9 57 7 7 Description 9 57 7 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 57 7 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 792: ...eration of the TBMairplane when used for Public transportation for French registered airplanes SECTION 2 Limitations The limitations hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 2 Limitations of the basic POH when the TBM airplane is used for Public transportation for French registered airplanes 2 9 Placards 1 On access door Internal side PIM DO NOT USE FOR F...

Page 793: ... French registered airplanes Edition 1 October 31 2013 Rev 2 Page 9 57 3 2 On access door External side 3 On pilot door External side if installed 4 On outer fuselage skin aft of access door and in the cabin forward of access door PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 794: ...tion for French registered airplanes Edition 1 October 31 2013 Rev 2 Page 9 57 4 5 On emergency exit handle Internal side Marking on handle Marking on cover 6 On emergency exit handle External side 7 On R H access door jamb PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 795: ...s Edition 1 October 31 2013 Rev 2 Page 9 57 5 8 On last step of stairs 9 On rear passengers masks containers 10 On R H side at front seat level and on the first rear passengers masks container R H side on the ceiling 11 Under window at L H intermediate seat PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 796: ...c emergency procedures of the airplane described in section 3 Emergency procedures of the basic POH SECTION 4 Normal procedures Use of TBM airplane for Public transportationforFrench registeredairplanes doesnot change the basic normal procedures of the airplane described in section 4 Normal procedures of the basic POH SECTION 5 Performance Use of TBM airplane for Public transportationforFrench reg...

Page 797: ...ance of the basic POH SECTION 7 Description Use of TBM airplane for Public transportationforFrench registeredairplanes doesnot change the description of the airplane described in section 7 Description of the basic POH SECTION 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Use of TBM airplane for Public transportationforFrench registeredairplanes doesnot change the basic handling servicing and maintenance pr...

Page 798: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Supplement 57 Public transportation for French registered airplanes Edition 1 October 31 2013 Rev 2 Page 9 57 8 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 799: ...1 SUPPLEMENT Five bladed propeller Table of contents Page 1 General 9 58 2 2 Limitations 9 58 3 3 Emergency procedures 9 58 3 4 Normal procedures 9 58 4 5 Performance 9 58 5 6 Weight and balance 9 58 54 7 Description 9 58 55 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 58 55 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 800: ... airplanedescribed in section 1 General of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with the option five bladed propeller 1 3 Descriptive data Propeller Number of propellers 1 Propeller manufacturer HARTZELL Propeller model number HC E5N 3C NC8834K Number of blades 5 Propeller diameter Minimum 90 inches 2 286 m Maximum 91 inches 2 311 m Propeller type Adjustable constant speed with feathering a...

Page 801: ...3 Powerplant limitations Propeller Number of propellers 1 Propeller manufacturer HARTZELL Propeller model number HC E5N 3C NC8834K Propeller diameter Minimum 90 inches 2 286 m Maximum 91 inches 2 311 m Propeller blade setting at 30 inches station Low pitch 19 5 Feathering 85 Maximum reverse 9 SECTION 3 Emergency procedures Installation and operation of five bladed propeller do not change the basic...

Page 802: ...n CAUTION When engine is shutdown do not set the prop de ice switch to on damage to the propeller blades could result Landing WARNING Reduce power smoothly Quickly reducing the power to idle during the flare may induce a more pronounced deceleration than with the 4 blades propeller which may lead to a drop down of the airplane Touch and go WARNING Reduce power smoothly Quickly reducing the power t...

Page 803: ... when the airplane is equipped with the option five bladed propeller 5 2 Noise level Maximum noise level permitted Demonstrated noise level FAR PART 36 Appendix G Amdt 28 88 dB A 76 4 dB A ICAO Annex 16 Vol 1 6th edition Amdt 8 Chapter 10 Appendix 6 85 dB A 76 4 dB A Approved noise levels for TBM airplane are stated in EASA A 010 Type Certificate Data Sheet NOTE No determination has been made by t...

Page 804: ...ation tables is the version 0719 10 or later This information is displayed on the MFD power up page upon system start CAUTION The TRQ setting must never exceed 100 When setting TRQ Ng must never exceed 104 The following conditions are given for all the tables pages 9 58 8 to 9 58 15 NOTE Inertial separator must be OFF and BLEED HI msg OFF Landing gear and flaps UP BLEED switch on AUTO represent th...

Page 805: ...s give the maximum torque to be set Maximum climb power TRQ setting 82 for IAS 124 KIAS Add 0 5 of TRQ for each additional 10 KIAS on climb airspeed cf tables figures 5 8 1 and 5 8 1A Maximum cruise power TRQ setting 96 cf tables figures 5 8 3 and 5 8 3A Recommended cruise power TRQ setting 91 cf tables figures 5 8 4 and 5 8 4A PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 806: ...80 190 200 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 100 10 99 8 97 6 100 95 4 98 94 2 100 97 92 0 99 94 90 2 100 97 92 87 4 99 94 89 84 6 100 96 91 86 81 8 99 93 88 84 79 10 100 96 91 86 81 77 12 98 93 88 83 79 74 14 100 96 90 85 81 76 71 16 100 97 93 87 83 78 73 18 99 94 90 85 80 75 20 100 96 91 87 82 77 22 98 93 88 84 79 24 100 95 90 85 81 26 100 97 92 87 83 28 98 93 89 84 30 95 90 86 32 92 87 34 89 Figure 5 8 1 Ma...

Page 807: ...00 96 91 87 83 79 75 71 34 98 94 90 86 81 77 74 70 32 97 93 89 84 80 76 72 69 30 100 96 92 87 83 79 75 71 68 28 99 95 91 86 82 78 74 70 67 26 97 93 89 85 81 77 73 69 65 24 100 96 92 88 84 79 75 72 68 64 22 99 95 91 87 82 78 74 70 66 63 20 98 94 89 85 81 77 73 69 65 61 18 100 96 92 88 84 80 76 71 67 63 59 16 99 95 91 87 82 78 74 70 65 61 58 14 98 93 89 85 81 76 72 68 64 60 56 12 100 96 92 88 84 79 ...

Page 808: ...140 150 160 170 180 190 200 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 100 6 99 4 97 2 100 94 0 100 97 91 2 99 94 89 4 100 96 91 86 6 98 93 89 84 8 100 96 91 86 81 10 98 93 88 83 78 12 100 95 90 85 80 76 14 100 97 92 87 82 78 73 16 99 94 89 84 80 75 18 100 96 91 86 81 77 20 98 93 88 84 79 22 100 95 90 85 81 24 100 97 92 87 83 26 98 94 89 84 28 100 95 91 86 30 97 92 88 32 94 89 34 91 Figure 5 8 2 Maximum climb powe...

Page 809: ...36 99 94 90 85 81 77 72 34 98 93 88 84 80 75 71 32 96 92 87 83 78 74 70 30 100 95 90 86 81 77 73 69 28 98 94 89 85 80 76 72 68 26 97 93 88 83 79 75 71 67 24 100 96 91 87 82 78 74 70 65 22 99 95 90 85 81 76 72 68 64 20 98 93 89 84 79 75 71 66 62 18 100 96 92 87 82 78 73 69 64 60 16 99 95 90 85 81 76 71 67 63 59 14 97 93 88 84 79 74 70 65 61 56 12 100 95 91 86 82 77 72 68 63 59 54 10 98 94 89 84 80 ...

Page 810: ...r BLEED HI msg ON T C Flight level FL OAT 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 2 100 4 97 6 100 94 8 97 91 10 100 94 88 12 100 96 91 86 14 98 93 88 83 16 100 96 90 85 18 98 93 87 20 100 95 90 22 97 92 24 100 94 26 100 96 28 98 30 100 32 100 34 100 Figure 5 8 3 Maximum cruise power FL 200 NOTE Refer to page 9 58 6 for general conditions CAUTION TRQ max 100 N...

Page 811: ...100 95 90 85 81 32 99 94 89 84 79 30 97 92 87 83 78 28 96 91 86 81 77 26 100 94 89 84 80 75 24 98 93 88 83 78 73 22 96 91 86 81 76 71 20 100 95 89 84 79 74 69 18 98 93 87 82 77 72 67 16 100 96 91 85 80 75 70 66 14 99 94 88 83 78 73 68 63 12 97 92 86 81 76 71 66 61 10 100 95 89 84 79 73 68 63 59 8 98 92 87 81 76 71 66 61 57 6 100 95 89 84 79 73 68 64 59 4 98 92 87 81 76 71 66 62 2 100 95 89 84 79 7...

Page 812: ...160 170 180 190 200 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 100 2 98 0 100 95 2 98 93 4 100 95 90 6 98 92 87 8 100 94 89 84 10 100 97 91 86 81 12 99 94 88 83 78 14 100 96 91 85 80 76 16 98 93 88 83 78 18 100 95 90 85 80 20 100 97 92 87 82 22 99 94 89 84 24 100 96 91 86 26 100 98 92 88 28 99 94 89 30 100 96 91 32 98 93 34 95 Figure 5 8 4 Normal recommended cruise power FL 200 NOTE Refer to page 9 58 6 for ge...

Page 813: ... 89 84 80 75 30 98 93 88 83 78 74 28 96 91 86 81 77 72 26 100 95 90 85 80 75 71 24 98 93 88 83 78 73 69 22 100 96 91 86 81 76 71 67 20 99 94 89 84 79 74 69 65 18 97 92 87 82 77 72 67 63 16 100 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 14 98 93 88 83 78 72 67 62 58 12 100 96 91 86 80 75 70 65 60 56 10 99 94 88 83 77 72 67 63 58 54 8 100 96 91 85 80 75 70 65 61 56 52 6 99 93 88 83 78 73 68 63 58 54 4 100 96 90 85 80 ...

Page 814: ...e necessary to cut off the BLEED in order to set TRQ 100 during takeoff while respecting the engine limitations In this case reduce power after takeoff to set the BLEED switch to AUTO In SL ISA conditions nominal Np is of 1985 RPM Corrections In case of wind apply the following corrections Reduce total distances by 10 every 10 kts of headwind Increase total distances by 30 every 10 kts of tail win...

Page 815: ...0 1255 820 1295 2000 735 1185 800 1265 850 1340 905 1415 4000 800 1260 885 1380 935 1460 990 1545 6000 880 1375 965 1505 1025 1595 1090 1690 8000 965 1500 1060 1645 1140 1765 1220 1880 Pressure altitude ft ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C ISA 37 C GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 0 865 1365 920 1435 965 1505 1000 1555 2000 955 1490 1005 1565 1060 1645 1100 1705 4000 1050 1625 1110 1720 1180 1825 1230 1895 60...

Page 816: ...5 1680 1245 1765 2000 1115 1595 1220 1730 1285 1820 1355 1915 4000 1215 1725 1325 1875 1400 1975 1475 2075 6000 1320 1865 1445 2030 1545 2160 1645 2305 8000 1435 2020 1600 2240 1715 2400 1850 2570 Pressure altitude ft ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C ISA 37 C GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 0 1310 1855 1375 1940 1440 2030 1490 2090 2000 1425 2010 1500 2110 1595 2235 1660 2320 4000 1580 2205 1675 2345 1790 2...

Page 817: ...5 1725 2380 2000 1555 2170 1690 2335 1770 2445 1860 2560 4000 1685 2325 1820 2505 1910 2630 2045 2785 6000 1810 2500 1970 2710 2130 2930 2290 3135 8000 1960 2695 2220 3045 2410 3265 2590 3490 Pressure altitude ft ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C ISA 37 C GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 0 1800 2485 1880 2595 1965 2705 2060 2810 2000 1945 2675 2080 2865 2215 3040 2325 3160 4000 2185 3000 2355 3200 2500 3385 2...

Page 818: ...860 2845 2830 2810 2795 2775 4000 2840 2820 2805 2785 2765 2750 6000 2810 2790 2770 2750 2735 2710 8000 2775 2755 2735 2710 2690 2665 6594 lbs 2991 kg SL 2440 2425 2410 2400 2380 2365 2000 2415 2400 2385 2365 2350 2330 4000 2395 2375 2360 2340 2325 2305 6000 2365 2345 2330 2310 2290 2270 8000 2335 2315 2290 2270 2250 2230 7394 lbs 3354 kg SL 2080 2065 2050 2040 2020 2005 2000 2055 2040 2025 2005 1...

Page 819: ... 315 2 280 2 250 2 220 2 190 6000 2 305 2 270 2 235 2 205 2 170 2 140 8000 2 260 2 225 2 190 2 155 2 120 2 085 6594 lbs 2991 kg SL 2 075 2 050 2 025 2 000 1 975 1 955 2000 2 045 2 015 1 990 1 965 1 935 1 910 4000 2 010 1 985 1 950 1 920 1 895 1 865 6000 1 975 1 940 1 910 1 880 1 850 1 820 8000 1 930 1 900 1 870 1 835 1 805 1 770 7394 lbs 3354 kg SL 1 800 1 775 1 755 1 730 1 710 1 685 2000 1 770 1 ...

Page 820: ...0 16 12 4 1 6 8000 03 00 15 12 3 9 6 03 30 18 14 4 6 7 04 00 21 16 5 5 8 10000 03 30 18 14 4 9 8 04 15 22 17 5 7 9 05 00 26 20 6 8 11 12000 04 15 22 17 5 8 9 05 15 26 20 6 8 11 06 00 30 24 8 0 13 14000 05 00 25 20 6 7 11 06 00 30 23 7 9 13 07 15 35 28 9 3 16 16000 05 45 29 23 7 6 13 07 00 34 27 9 0 15 08 15 40 32 10 6 18 18000 06 30 32 25 8 5 15 07 45 38 30 10 0 18 09 15 45 35 11 9 21 20000 07 30 ...

Page 821: ...2 30 14 11 3 6 5 03 00 16 13 4 3 6 8000 03 00 15 12 4 1 6 03 30 18 14 4 8 7 04 00 21 17 5 7 9 10000 03 45 19 15 5 0 8 04 15 22 18 5 9 10 05 15 27 21 7 0 11 12000 04 30 23 18 6 0 10 05 15 27 21 7 1 12 06 15 32 25 8 4 14 14000 05 15 26 21 6 9 12 06 15 31 24 8 2 14 07 15 37 29 9 7 17 16000 06 00 30 23 7 9 14 07 00 35 28 9 3 16 08 15 42 33 11 0 19 18000 06 45 33 26 8 8 16 08 00 39 31 10 4 19 09 30 47 ...

Page 822: ... 15 12 9 3 2 5 02 30 14 11 3 8 6 03 00 17 13 4 5 7 8 000 03 00 16 12 4 2 7 03 30 19 15 5 0 8 04 15 22 17 5 9 9 10 000 03 45 20 15 5 2 8 04 30 23 18 6 2 10 05 15 28 22 7 3 12 12 000 04 30 23 18 6 2 10 05 15 28 22 7 3 12 06 15 33 26 8 7 15 14 000 05 15 27 21 7 2 12 06 15 32 25 8 5 15 07 30 38 30 10 1 18 16 000 06 00 31 24 8 1 14 07 15 37 29 9 7 17 08 30 44 34 11 5 21 18 000 06 45 34 27 9 1 17 08 15 ...

Page 823: ... 18 14 4 7 10 8000 03 30 17 14 4 6 10 04 00 20 16 5 4 11 04 30 23 18 6 2 13 10000 04 15 22 17 5 7 12 05 00 25 20 6 7 15 05 45 29 23 7 7 17 12000 05 15 26 20 6 8 15 06 00 30 24 7 9 18 07 00 35 27 9 2 21 14000 06 00 30 24 7 9 18 07 00 35 27 9 3 22 08 15 41 32 10 8 25 16000 07 00 34 27 9 1 22 08 15 40 31 10 6 25 09 30 47 37 12 3 29 18000 08 00 39 30 10 2 25 09 15 45 35 11 9 29 11 00 52 41 13 8 34 200...

Page 824: ...03 00 16 13 4 2 9 03 30 19 15 4 9 10 8000 03 30 18 14 4 8 10 04 00 21 17 5 6 12 04 45 25 19 6 5 14 10000 04 30 23 18 6 0 13 05 15 26 21 7 0 16 06 00 31 24 8 1 18 12000 05 15 27 21 7 2 16 06 15 32 25 8 4 19 07 15 37 29 9 7 22 14000 06 15 32 25 8 4 20 07 15 37 29 9 8 23 08 30 43 34 11 4 27 16000 07 15 36 28 9 5 23 08 30 42 33 11 2 27 10 00 49 39 13 0 32 18000 08 15 41 32 10 7 27 09 45 48 37 12 6 32 ...

Page 825: ...0 02 45 14 11 3 8 8 03 00 17 13 4 5 9 03 30 20 15 5 2 11 8000 03 30 19 15 5 1 11 04 15 22 18 5 9 13 05 00 26 20 6 9 15 10000 04 30 24 19 6 3 14 05 15 28 22 7 4 17 06 15 33 26 8 6 19 12000 05 30 29 22 7 5 18 06 30 33 26 8 8 21 07 30 39 31 10 3 24 14000 06 30 33 26 8 8 21 07 30 39 31 10 3 25 09 00 46 36 12 0 29 16000 07 30 38 30 10 1 25 08 45 45 35 11 8 29 10 15 52 41 13 8 34 18000 08 30 43 34 11 3 ...

Page 826: ...1490 1470 4000 1585 1545 1525 1500 1480 1455 1435 6000 1555 1515 1490 1465 1440 1420 1395 8000 1520 1480 1455 1430 1400 1375 1345 Conditions Landing gear DN and flaps LDG IAS 95 KIAS Airplane weight Pressure altitude feet Rate of climb ft min ISA 35 C ISA 20 C ISA 10 C ISA ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C 7394 lbs 3354 kg SL 1350 1320 1295 1275 1255 1235 1215 2000 1325 1290 1265 1245 1225 1205 1180 4000...

Page 827: ...210 2190 4000 2265 2245 2230 2215 2200 2180 2165 6000 2250 2225 2210 2190 2175 2155 2135 8000 2235 2205 2185 2165 2145 2130 2110 Conditions Landing gear UP and flaps TO IAS 115 KIAS Airplane weight Pressure altitude feet Rate of climb ft min ISA 35 C ISA 20 C ISA 10 C ISA ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C 7394 lbs 3354 kg SL 1985 1965 1955 1940 1930 1915 1900 2000 1970 1950 1940 1925 1910 1890 1875 4000 ...

Page 828: ...ok Supplement 58 Five bladed propeller Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 3 Page 9 58 30 5 11 Cruise performance Maximum cruise 7100 lbs 6300 lbs Figure 5 11 1 Cruise performance Maximum cruise PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 829: ...8 73 3 230 262 230 261 229 260 15000 34 100 265 208 70 1 226 276 225 275 224 275 18000 40 100 256 201 67 7 223 285 222 285 221 284 20000 44 100 251 197 66 2 221 292 220 291 219 290 21000 46 100 248 195 65 6 220 295 219 294 218 293 22000 48 100 246 193 65 0 219 299 218 298 217 296 23000 50 100 244 192 64 5 218 302 217 301 216 300 24000 52 100 243 190 64 1 217 306 216 304 215 303 25000 54 100 241 18...

Page 830: ...0 4 100 302 237 79 7 234 252 233 251 233 250 10000 14 100 281 220 74 2 229 265 228 265 228 264 15000 24 100 268 210 70 8 224 280 223 279 222 278 18000 30 100 259 203 68 4 221 289 220 288 219 287 20000 34 100 253 199 66 9 219 296 218 295 217 294 21000 36 100 251 197 66 2 218 299 217 298 216 297 22000 38 100 249 195 65 7 217 303 216 302 215 300 23000 40 100 247 194 65 1 216 306 215 305 214 304 24000...

Page 831: ...000 1 100 304 238 80 2 233 253 232 253 232 252 10000 9 100 282 221 74 5 228 267 227 266 227 265 15000 19 100 269 211 71 2 223 282 222 281 222 280 18000 25 100 260 204 68 7 220 291 219 290 218 289 20000 29 100 254 200 67 2 218 298 217 297 216 296 21000 31 100 252 198 66 5 217 301 216 300 215 299 22000 33 100 250 196 66 0 216 305 215 304 214 302 23000 35 100 248 195 65 5 215 308 214 307 213 306 2400...

Page 832: ...000 6 100 305 240 80 7 232 255 232 254 231 253 10000 4 100 284 223 74 9 227 268 227 268 226 267 15000 14 100 271 213 71 5 222 283 222 283 221 282 18000 20 100 261 205 69 0 219 293 219 292 218 291 20000 24 100 256 201 67 6 217 300 216 299 215 297 21000 26 100 253 199 66 9 216 303 215 302 214 301 22000 28 100 251 197 66 3 215 307 214 306 213 304 23000 30 100 249 195 65 8 214 310 213 309 212 308 2400...

Page 833: ...5000 11 100 307 241 81 1 231 256 231 256 230 255 10000 1 100 285 224 75 3 226 270 226 269 225 269 15000 9 100 272 214 72 0 221 285 221 284 220 283 18000 15 100 263 206 69 4 218 295 218 294 217 293 20000 19 100 257 202 67 9 216 302 216 301 215 299 21000 21 100 254 200 67 2 215 305 215 304 213 303 22000 23 100 252 198 66 6 214 309 214 308 212 306 23000 25 100 250 196 66 1 213 312 213 311 211 309 240...

Page 834: ...5000 16 100 309 242 81 6 231 258 230 257 230 256 10000 6 100 287 225 75 7 226 272 225 271 224 270 15000 4 100 274 215 72 3 221 287 220 286 219 285 18000 10 100 264 207 69 7 218 297 217 296 216 294 20000 14 100 258 203 68 3 216 303 215 302 214 301 21000 16 100 256 201 67 6 215 307 214 306 213 304 22000 18 100 254 199 67 0 214 311 213 309 211 308 23000 20 100 252 197 66 5 212 314 212 313 210 311 240...

Page 835: ...46 5000 26 100 312 245 82 5 229 261 229 260 228 259 10000 16 100 290 227 76 5 224 275 224 274 223 273 15000 6 100 276 217 73 0 219 290 218 289 217 288 18000 0 100 266 209 70 4 216 300 215 299 214 298 20000 4 100 261 205 69 0 214 307 213 306 212 304 21000 6 100 258 203 68 3 213 311 212 309 211 308 22000 8 100 256 201 67 6 212 314 211 313 210 311 23000 10 100 254 200 67 1 211 318 210 317 209 315 240...

Page 836: ...andbook Supplement 58 Five bladed propeller Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 3 Page 9 58 38 Normal cruise Recommended 7100 lbs 6300 lbs Figure 5 11 9 Cruise performance Recommended cruise PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 837: ...14 100 299 234 78 9 235 248 235 248 234 247 10000 24 100 278 218 73 3 230 262 230 261 229 260 15000 34 100 265 208 70 1 226 276 225 275 224 275 18000 40 100 256 201 67 7 223 285 222 285 221 284 20000 44 100 251 197 66 2 221 292 220 291 219 290 21000 46 100 248 195 65 6 220 295 219 294 218 293 22000 48 100 246 193 65 0 219 299 218 298 217 296 23000 50 100 244 192 64 5 218 302 217 301 216 300 24000 ...

Page 838: ... 238 5000 4 100 302 237 79 7 234 252 233 251 233 250 10000 14 100 281 220 74 2 229 265 228 265 228 264 15000 24 100 268 210 70 8 224 280 223 279 222 278 18000 30 100 259 203 68 4 221 289 220 288 219 287 20000 34 100 253 199 66 9 219 296 218 295 217 294 21000 36 100 251 197 66 2 218 299 217 298 216 297 22000 38 100 249 195 65 7 217 303 216 302 215 300 23000 40 100 247 194 65 1 216 306 215 305 214 3...

Page 839: ...7 240 5000 1 100 304 238 80 2 233 253 232 253 232 252 10000 9 100 282 221 74 5 228 267 227 266 227 265 15000 19 100 269 211 71 2 223 282 222 281 222 280 18000 25 100 260 204 68 7 220 291 219 290 218 289 20000 29 100 254 200 67 2 218 298 217 297 216 296 21000 31 100 252 198 66 5 217 301 216 300 215 299 22000 33 100 250 196 66 0 216 305 215 304 214 302 23000 35 100 248 195 65 5 215 308 214 307 213 3...

Page 840: ...36 241 5000 6 100 305 240 80 7 232 255 232 254 231 253 10000 4 100 284 223 74 9 227 268 227 268 226 267 15000 14 100 271 213 71 5 222 283 222 283 221 282 18000 20 100 261 205 69 0 219 293 219 292 218 291 20000 24 100 256 201 67 6 217 300 216 299 215 297 21000 26 100 253 199 66 9 216 303 215 302 214 301 22000 28 100 251 197 66 3 215 307 214 306 213 304 23000 30 100 249 195 65 8 214 310 213 309 212 ...

Page 841: ...35 242 5000 11 100 307 241 81 1 231 256 231 256 230 255 10000 1 100 285 224 75 3 226 270 226 269 225 269 15000 9 100 272 214 72 0 221 285 221 284 220 283 18000 15 100 263 206 69 4 218 295 218 294 217 293 20000 19 100 257 202 67 9 216 302 216 301 215 299 21000 21 100 254 200 67 2 215 305 215 304 213 303 22000 23 100 252 198 66 6 214 309 214 308 212 306 23000 25 100 250 196 66 1 213 312 213 311 211 ...

Page 842: ...235 244 5000 16 100 309 242 81 6 231 258 230 257 230 256 10000 6 100 287 225 75 7 226 272 225 271 224 270 15000 4 100 274 215 72 3 221 287 220 286 219 285 18000 10 100 264 207 69 7 218 297 217 296 216 294 20000 14 100 258 203 68 3 216 303 215 302 214 301 21000 16 100 256 201 67 6 215 307 214 306 213 304 22000 18 100 254 199 67 0 214 311 213 309 211 308 23000 20 100 252 197 66 5 212 314 212 313 210...

Page 843: ...47 233 246 5000 26 100 312 245 82 5 229 261 229 260 228 259 10000 16 100 290 227 76 5 224 275 224 274 223 273 15000 6 100 276 217 73 0 219 290 218 289 217 288 18000 0 100 266 209 70 4 216 300 215 299 214 298 20000 4 100 261 205 69 0 214 307 213 306 212 304 21000 6 99 256 201 67 6 212 309 211 308 210 306 22000 8 96 248 195 65 6 209 310 208 309 206 307 23000 10 94 241 189 63 7 206 311 205 309 203 30...

Page 844: ...149 32 148 22 147 12 145 2 143 37 4 37 9 38 4 38 7 38 9 111 196 113 199 114 202 115 203 116 204 20000 38 44 150 34 148 24 147 14 146 4 144 37 0 37 3 37 9 38 4 38 7 110 201 111 202 112 205 114 208 115 209 21000 38 46 148 36 147 26 146 16 145 6 144 36 0 36 6 37 1 37 6 38 2 107 201 109 204 110 207 112 210 113 213 22000 38 48 147 38 146 28 145 18 143 8 142 35 3 35 8 36 4 36 6 37 2 105 203 106 206 108 ...

Page 845: ...51 46 150 36 148 26 146 16 145 34 6 35 1 35 4 35 6 36 2 103 223 104 226 105 228 106 230 108 233 27 000 44 57 152 47 151 37 150 27 148 17 147 34 6 35 1 35 7 36 0 36 5 103 228 104 232 106 235 107 237 108 241 28 000 45 59 153 49 152 39 151 29 149 19 147 34 5 35 1 35 7 36 0 36 3 103 233 104 237 106 241 107 243 108 245 29 000 45 61 153 51 151 41 150 31 148 21 146 34 3 34 6 35 2 35 5 35 7 102 237 103 24...

Page 846: ...56 32 154 22 152 12 151 2 150 40 0 40 3 40 7 41 3 41 9 119 205 120 207 121 209 123 211 124 214 20 000 42 44 154 34 153 24 151 14 150 4 149 38 9 39 5 39 9 40 5 41 1 116 206 117 209 118 211 120 214 122 216 21 000 43 46 153 36 152 26 151 16 150 6 149 38 2 38 7 39 4 39 9 40 6 113 208 115 211 117 214 119 217 121 220 22 000 43 48 152 38 151 28 150 18 149 8 148 37 4 38 0 38 6 39 2 39 8 111 210 113 213 11...

Page 847: ...52 46 150 36 148 26 147 16 146 35 9 36 2 36 6 37 2 37 8 107 224 108 226 109 228 111 232 112 235 27 000 46 57 154 47 152 37 150 27 148 17 147 36 2 36 5 36 9 37 2 37 8 107 231 108 233 109 235 111 237 112 241 28 000 48 59 156 49 154 39 152 29 151 19 149 36 5 36 8 37 2 37 8 38 2 108 238 109 240 111 243 112 246 113 248 29 000 48 61 155 51 153 41 151 31 149 21 147 36 1 36 4 36 8 37 1 37 4 107 240 108 24...

Page 848: ...60 32 159 22 158 12 157 2 156 42 0 42 6 43 3 44 0 44 6 125 210 127 213 129 217 131 219 133 222 20 000 48 44 160 34 159 24 157 14 156 4 155 41 4 42 1 42 5 43 2 43 9 123 214 125 217 126 219 128 222 130 225 21 000 48 46 158 36 157 26 156 16 155 6 154 40 4 41 1 41 8 42 4 43 1 120 214 122 218 124 221 126 224 128 227 22 000 48 48 157 38 156 28 155 18 153 8 152 39 8 40 4 41 0 41 4 42 1 118 217 120 220 12...

Page 849: ...53 46 151 36 150 26 149 16 148 37 4 37 9 38 5 39 2 39 8 111 226 113 228 114 231 117 235 118 238 27 000 50 57 155 47 153 37 151 27 149 17 148 37 7 38 1 38 5 39 0 39 6 112 232 113 235 114 237 116 239 118 242 28 000 51 59 157 49 154 39 152 29 150 19 149 38 1 38 2 38 7 39 1 39 8 113 239 114 240 115 243 116 245 118 248 29 000 52 61 156 51 154 41 152 31 150 21 148 37 7 38 1 38 6 39 0 39 5 112 242 113 24...

Page 850: ...1 10 25 29 23 7 8 48 24000 16 00 55 43 14 5 73 12 00 37 29 9 8 55 09 35 28 22 7 3 44 22000 14 40 51 40 13 4 66 11 00 34 27 9 1 50 08 50 26 20 6 8 40 20000 13 20 47 37 12 3 59 10 00 32 25 8 4 44 08 00 24 19 6 3 35 18000 12 00 42 33 11 1 53 09 00 29 23 7 6 39 07 10 22 17 5 8 31 16000 10 40 38 30 10 0 46 08 00 26 20 6 8 34 06 25 20 15 5 2 27 14000 09 20 33 26 8 8 40 07 00 23 18 6 1 30 05 35 18 14 4 6...

Page 851: ...sed during holding time Weight 5500 lbs 2495 kg Weight 6300 lbs 2858 kg 10 min 30 min 10 min 30 min l kg USG l kg USG l kg USG l kg USG SL 30 23 7 8 89 70 23 5 30 24 8 0 91 71 24 1 5000 26 21 6 9 79 62 20 8 27 21 7 1 81 64 21 4 10000 24 18 6 2 71 55 18 7 24 19 6 5 73 58 19 4 15000 22 17 5 8 66 51 17 3 23 18 6 0 69 54 18 1 20000 20 16 5 3 60 47 15 9 21 17 5 6 63 50 16 7 Figure 5 13 1 Holding time P...

Page 852: ...dard airplane described in section 6 Weight and balance of the basic POH when the TBM airplane is equipped with the option five bladed propeller S R A O Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 61 PROPELLER 61 10 Propeller assembly O 0345 61 Propeller HC E5N 3C NC8834K spinner 104552P 171 08 77 60 43 11 1 095 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT...

Page 853: ...ion is correct when green warning light located above PROP DE ICE switch illuminates The cycles continue as long as the switch remains set to ON CAUTION When engine is shutdown do not set the PROP DE ICE switch to on damage to the propeller blades could result SECTION 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Information hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in sectio...

Page 854: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Supplement 58 Five bladed propeller Edition 0 October 31 2013 Rev 3 Page 9 58 56 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 855: ... SUPPLEMENT Brazil specifics Table of contents Page 1 General 9 59 2 2 Limitations 9 59 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 59 13 4 Normal procedures 9 59 13 5 Performance 9 59 13 6 Weight and balance 9 59 13 7 Description 9 59 14 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 59 14 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 856: ...ties limitations description and operations necessary to the operation of the TBM airplane SECTION 2 Limitations The limitations hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 2 Limitations of the basic POH 2 5 Weight and C G limits Weight limits With 4 seat accommodation in rear part of pressurized cabin 396 lbs 180 kg with small or large net see sketch below ...

Page 857: ...ation suitable and approved for the intended route are installed and operational It must be possible atany point along the route tonavigate to the destination or alternate using such means The SBAS functionality is not available in Brazil therefore operations that require such functionality such as GNSS vertical navigation modes are prohibited in Brazilian airspace 2 9 Placards On pressurized bagg...

Page 858: ... small cargo net on frame C13bis For the large cargo net on R H side upholstery panel in the rear baggage compartment On FWD baggage compartment door frame non pressurized 50 kg MÁXIMO PARA INSTRUÇÓES DE CARREGAMENTO CONSULTAR A SEÇÃO DE PESO E BALANCEAMENTO DO MANUAL DE VÔO PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 859: ... Edition 1 December 31 2015 Rev 2 Page 9 59 5 Near fuel tank caps On internal face of L H engine cowling Capacidade de óleo 12 l 12 7 qt On rear passenger s table casing A MESA DEVERÁ ESTAR RECOLHIDA PARA DECOLAGEM E POUSO PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 860: ...cember 31 2015 Rev 2 Page 9 59 6 On nose gear door On engine cowling in front of compartment door TOMADA EXTERNA 28 VOLTS D C NOMINAL 800 AMPS CAPACIDADE MÍNIMA PARA PARTIDA NÃO EXCEDA 1000 AMPS On pilot door External side if installed PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 861: ...9 Brazil specifics Edition 1 December 31 2015 Rev 2 Page 9 59 7 On access door External side On outer fuselage skin aft of access door and in the cabin forward of access door On access door Internal side PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 862: ...azil specifics Edition 1 December 31 2015 Rev 2 Page 9 59 8 On pilot door Internal side if installed On emergency exit handle Marking on cover Marking on handle On last step of stairs MAX UMA PESSOA NA ESCADA PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 863: ...cifics Edition 1 December 31 2015 Rev 2 Page 9 59 9 On R H access door jamb On R H side at front seat level and on the first rear passengers masks container R H side on the ceiling On rear passengers masks containers PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 864: ...Brazil specifics Edition 1 December 31 2015 Rev 2 Page 9 59 10 On the oxygen service door Airplanes equipped with Lavatory compartment Post MOD70 0505 25 On fixed panel cabin side On fixed panel toilet side PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 865: ...ting Handbook Supplement 59 Brazil specifics Edition 1 December 31 2015 Rev 2 Page 9 59 11 On access door cabin side and toilet side Behind access door cabin side and toilet side PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 866: ...ev 2 Page 9 59 12 Front face of lavatory compartment near opening closing switches On the magazine rack and on side wall of storage volume Airplanes equipped with Coat hanger Post MOD70 0557 25 On the upper edge of the L H Passenger access door panel PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 867: ...nce No specifics SECTION 6 Weight and balance The weight and balance hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 6 Weight and balance of the basic POH S R A O Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 01 Specific optional equipment S 01004 Brazil certification markings PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT O...

Page 868: ...g Handbook Supplement 59 Brazil specifics Edition 1 December 31 2015 Rev 2 Page 9 59 14 SECTION 7 Description No specifics SECTION 8 Handling servicing and maintenance No specifics PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 869: ... 1 SUPPLEMENT ADS B OUT function Table of contents Page 1 General 9 60 2 2 Limitations 9 60 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 60 2 4 Normal procedures 9 60 3 5 Performance 9 60 3 6 Weight and balance 9 60 3 7 Description 9 60 3 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 60 4 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 870: ...CFR 91 227 The installed transponder system is able to respond to interrogations in Modes A C and S and is fully compliant with the requirements of CS ACNS D ELS EHS Mode S Elementary Enhanced Surveillance The installed ADS B OUT system is fully compliant with the requirements of CS ACNS D ADSB 1090 MHz Extended Squitter ADS B OUT 1 4 Abbreviations and terminology Radio navigation abbreviations AD...

Page 871: ... described in section 7 Description of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with the ADS B OUT function The ADS B OUT function enables the airplane to broadcast data such as position information to ground stations and to other airplanes equipped with ADS B IN system The loss of an interfaced input to the selected extended quitter transponder may cause the transponder to stop transmitting AD...

Page 872: ...ction If the transponder 1 2 detects any internal fault or failure with the ADS B OUT functionality XPDR1 ADS B FAIL XPDR2 ADS B FAIL message will be displayed After being informed of ADS B OUT failure either by XPDR1 ADS B FAIL XPDR2 ADS B FAIL message or by Air Traffic Control it is possible to restore ADS B OUT function by selecting transponder 2 1 SECTION 8 Handling servicing and maintenance O...

Page 873: ... SUPPLEMENT Flight envelope protection Table of contents Page 1 General 9 62 2 2 Limitations 9 62 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 62 3 4 Normal procedures 9 62 7 5 Performance 9 62 10 6 Weight and balance 9 62 11 7 Description 9 62 12 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 62 15 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 874: ...ction 2 1 4 Abbreviations and terminology General abbreviations AoA Angle of Attack ESP Electronic Stability Protection USP UnderSpeed Protection SECTION 2 Limitations Information hereafter supplement those of the standard airplane described in section 2 Limitations of the POH Airplane equipped with GARMIN G1000 flight deck MOD70 0176 00 The GARMIN G1000 Integrated Flight Deck Cockpit Reference Gu...

Page 875: ...on hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 3 Emergency Procedures of the basic POH 3 9 Electrical system From S N 1000 to S N 1105 plus S N 687 Figure 3 9 1 Partial electrical distribution of bus bars From S N 1106 Figure 3 9 1 Partial electrical distribution of bus bars PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 876: ...very 2 Control wheel Neutral Pitch and roll axis 3 Rudder Fully opposed to the spin 4 THROTTLE Flight IDLE 5 FLAPS lever UP When rotation is stopped 6 Level the wings and ease out of the dive Fly the airplane End of procedure AP OFF AND STALL WARNING SOUND 1 Fly the airplane wings levelled and nose down until stall warning stops 2 Power as required 3 Return to the desired flight path End of proced...

Page 877: ...G1000 NXi flight deck MOD70 0539 00 ESP FAIL Indicates pitch roll high speed and AoA protections are inoperative 1 Maintain the airplane inside the flight envelope FLAPS UP 105 IAS 266 KIAS FLAPS TO 100 IAS 178 KIAS FLAPS LDG 85 IAS 122 KIAS 2 Continue flight 3 Inform maintenance department End of procedure ESP DEGRADED IAS Indicates high speed protection is inoperative 1 Maintain IAS below 266 KI...

Page 878: ...3 Page 9 62 6 ESP DEGRADED AOA Indicates AoA protection at low speed is inoperative 1 Maintain airspeed above 1 3 Vs FLAPS UP 105 IAS 266 KIAS FLAPS TO 100 IAS 178 KIAS FLAPS LDG 85 IAS 122 KIAS 2 Continue flight 3 Inform maintenance department End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 879: ...er NOTE The airplane will tend to yaw to the left when power is applied Right rudder pressure will be required to maintain coordinated straight flight until the rudder trim can be adjusted 3 Attitude 10 Up 4 FLAPS lever TO Weight below 6579 lbs 2984 kg If speed has been maintained at 80 KIAS or more and TRQ 100 select flaps to TO position as soon as the 10 Up attitude has been attained When the ve...

Page 880: ...ntained at 85 KIAS or more and TRQ 100 select flaps to TO position as soon as the 10 Up attitude has been attained When the vertical speed is positive and when airspeed is at or above 90 KIAS 8 LANDING GEAR lever UP All warning lights OFF When airspeed is at or above 115 KIAS 9 FLAPS lever UP 10 Climb airspeed As required All 11 TRQ As required End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS...

Page 881: ...rtical speed is positive and when airspeed is at or above 85 KIAS 4 LANDING GEAR lever UP All warning lights OFF When airspeed is at or above 110 KIAS 5 FLAPS lever UP 6 Climb airspeed As required Weight above 6579 lbs 2984 kg If speed has been maintained at 85 KIAS or more and TRQ 100 select flaps to TO position as soon as the 10 Up attitude has been attained When the vertical speed is positive a...

Page 882: ...lied upon to provide adequate stall warning in icing conditions and after leaving icing conditions if ice accretion remains on the airplane Therefore the USP and ESP if installed functions receiving information from the stall warning system may not be correctly engaged SECTION 5 Performance Operation of Flight envelope protection does not change the basic performance of the airplane described in s...

Page 883: ...dard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 34 NAVIGATION A 0423 34 B or C Lift transducer and AoA computer installation of which SAFE FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS 1 66 0 752 242 01 6 147 Lift transducer 0 50 0 226 173 23 4 400 AoA computer P N C 101706 1 0 74 0 336 273 62 6 950 K59 and K590 relays 0 25 0 115 265 55 6 745 From S N 1106 0423 34A Operation of Flight envelope protection ...

Page 884: ...place those of the standard airplane described in section 7 Description of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with the Flight envelope protection 7 8 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM From S N 1000 to S N 1105 plus S N 687 Figure 7 8 3 Partial electrical distribution of bus bars Figure 7 8 4 Partial circuit breaker panel typical arrangement PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 885: ... Flight envelope protection Edition 0 April 15 2016 Rev 3 Page 9 62 13 From S N 1106 Figure 7 8 3 Partial electrical distribution of bus bars Figure 7 8 4 Partial circuit breaker panel typical arrangement PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 886: ...f the airplane thanks to the lift transducer information and the flaps position The normalized angle of attack value is sent to the GARMIN flightdeck fordisplay TheAoA computeralso triggersthe stall aural warning alert that begins no later than 5 knots above the stall in all configurations From S N 1000 to S N 1105 plus S N 687 The stall warning system should be ckecked during the preflight inspec...

Page 887: ...go around For further information concerning the use of the system and its controls refer to GARMIN Pïlot s guide at the latest issue Electronic stability protection ESP For further information concerning the use of system and its controls refer to GARMIN Pïlot s guide at the latest issue SECTION 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Operation of Flight envelope protection does notchange the basic ...

Page 888: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Supplement 62 Flight envelope protection Edition 0 April 15 2016 Rev 3 Page 9 62 16 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 889: ... 1 SUPPLEMENT Lavatory compartment Table of contents Page 1 General 9 63 2 2 Limitations 9 63 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 63 7 4 Normal procedures 9 63 8 5 Performance 9 63 8 6 Weight and balance 9 63 8 7 Description 9 63 19 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 63 23 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 890: ...atory compartment SECTION 2 Limitations The limitations hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 2 Limitations of the basic POH when the TBM airplane is equipped with the option lavatory compartment toilet seat must not be occupied during take off and landing divider must be stowed during take off and landing headset shall be worn at all time when seat is...

Page 891: ...upplement 63 Lavatory compartment Edition 1 November 16 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 63 3 On fixed panel toilet side On access door cabin side and toilet side Behind access door cabin side and toilet side PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 892: ...Supplement 63 Lavatory compartment Edition 1 November 16 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 63 4 Inner face of toilet cover Front face of lavatory compartment near opening closing switches On the magazine rack PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 893: ...ement 63 Lavatory compartment Edition 1 November 16 2016 Rev 3 Page 9 63 5 From S N 1270 2 9 Placards On fixed panel cabin side On fixed panel toilet side On access door cabin side and toilet side PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 894: ... Lavatory compartment Edition 1 November 16 2016 Rev 3 Page 9 63 6 Behind access door cabin side and toilet side Inner face of toilet cover Front face of lavatory compartment near opening closing switches PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 895: ...Pressurization and air conditioning Without v15 GARMIN software Pre MOD70 0407 00 CABIN ALTITUDE Inform passengers to use emergency stowing of the divider and oxygen mask With v15 GARMIN software Post MOD70 0407 00 or airplane with G3000 Flight deck MOD70 0476 00 and CABIN ALTITUDE USE OXYGEN MASK or and and CABIN ALTITUDE USE OXYGEN MASK EDM Inform passengers to use emergency stowing of the divid...

Page 896: ...s deployed to allow communication with the crew in case of emergency SECTION 5 Performance Installation and operation of Lavatory compartment do not change the basic performance of the airplane described in section 5 Performance of the basic POH SECTION 6 Weight and balance The weight and balance hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 6 Weight and balan...

Page 897: ...the last Weight and Balance Report in 6 seat configuration see samples Figures 6 4 1 and 6 4 2 of the basic Pilot s Operating Handbook 2 Compute the new empty weight 2a and moment 2b as sum of all above weights 1a removed equipment installed equipment and associated moments 1b removed equipment installed equipment 3 Compute the new empty weight arm 3 and CG MAC 3c using given formulas 4 Report the...

Page 898: ...a 1b 1c Weight and moment variation after lavatory compartment option installation 12 86 New empty weight ready for cargo preparation 2a 3 2b 3c Moment Weight x Arm CG MAC Arm in 172 93 59 45 100 Item Weight lbs Arm in Moment in lbs CG MAC Empty Weight lbs 1a 1b 1c Weight and moment variation after lavatory compartment option installation 27 7530 New empty weight ready for cargo preparation 2a 3 2...

Page 899: ...on after lavatory compartment option installation with seat heating system 18 127 New empty weight ready for cargo preparation 2a 3 2b 3c Moment Weight x Arm CG MAC Arm in 172 93 59 45 100 Item Weight lbs Arm in Moment in lbs CG MAC Empty Weight lbs 1a 1b 1c Weight and moment variation after lavatory compartment option installation without seat heating system 42 11643 or Weight and moment variatio...

Page 900: ...lation Refer to POH section 6 4 using the weight and balance form procedure to determine the weight and balance of the airplane equipped with the lavatory compartment option together with the use of the loading form hereafter S R A O Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 25 Equipment and furnishings O 0505 25C Lavatory compartment ...

Page 901: ...0 to S N 1159 Moment Weight x Arm CG MAC Arm m 4 392 1 51 100 Item Weight kg Arm m Moment m kg CG MAC Empty Weight kg Baggage FWD 50 kg 3 250 Front Seats kg 4 534 Inter Seats 17 kg per seat removed 5 710 Pax Baggage AFT 100 kg 7 695 Zero Fuel Weight 2 736 kg Fuel kg 4 820 Ramp Weight 3 370 kg Taxi Fuel kg 4 820 Takeoff Weight 3 354 kg Trip Fuel kg 4 820 Landing Weight 3 186 kg PIM DO NOT USE FOR F...

Page 902: ...m Moment m kg CG MAC Empty Weight kg Baggage FWD 50 kg 3 250 Front Seats kg 4 534 Inter Seats 15 kg per seat removed 5 710 Pax Baggage AFT 100 kg 7 695 Zero Fuel Weight 2 736 kg Fuel kg 4 820 Ramp Weight 3 370 kg Taxi Fuel kg 4 820 Takeoff Weight 3 354 kg Trip Fuel kg 4 820 Landing Weight 3 186 kg Seats weights do not include seat heating system weight PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 903: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Supplement 63 Lavatory compartment Edition 1 November 16 2016 Rev 3 Page 9 63 15 Figure 9 63 1 Weight and Balance diagram PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 904: ...159 Moment Weight x Arm CG MAC Arm in 172 93 59 45 100 Item Weight lbs Arm in Moment in lbs CG MAC Empty Weight lbs Baggage FWD 110 lbs 128 0 Front Seats lbs 178 5 Inter Seats 37 5 lbs per seat removed 224 8 Pax Baggage AFT 220 lbs 303 0 Zero Fuel Weight 6 032 lbs Fuel lbs 189 8 Ramp Weight 7 430 lbs Taxi Fuel lbs 189 8 Takeoff Weight 7 394 lbs Trip Fuel kg 189 8 Landing Weight 7 024 lbs PIM DO NO...

Page 905: ...nt in lbs CG MAC Empty Weight lbs Baggage FWD 110 lbs 128 0 Front Seats lbs 178 5 Inter Seats 33 1 lbs per seat removed 224 8 Pax Baggage AFT 220 lbs 303 0 Zero Fuel Weight 6 032 lbs Fuel lbs 189 8 Ramp Weight 7 430 lbs Taxi Fuel lbs 189 8 Takeoff Weight 7 394 lbs Trip Fuel kg 189 8 Landing Weight 7 024 lbs Seats weights do not include seat heating system weight PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATION...

Page 906: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Supplement 63 Lavatory compartment Edition 1 November 16 2016 Rev 3 Page 9 63 18 Figure 9 63 2 Weight and Balance diagram PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 907: ...els divider Two 2 actuating switches DEPLOY STOW Two 2 emergency stowing buttons PUSH TO STOW accessible from inside or outside the lavatory compartment One 1 mirror One 1 electric power plug One 1 headset allowing communication between the passenger and the crew When the lavatory compartment is not occupied the divider is stored unfolded in the lavatory compartment structure A breaker integrated ...

Page 908: ...oved slightly aside to access the plug Mirror is automatically illuminated during the deployment of the divider A safety anti pinching sensor stops the deployment of the divider in case an interference is detected To remove the chemical toilet system from the lavatory compartment structure it is necessary to unlatch the toilet cover remove the top frame if installed then lift upward the forward fa...

Page 909: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Supplement 63 Lavatory compartment Edition 1 November 16 2016 Rev 3 Page 9 63 21 Figure 9 63 3 1 2 Lavatory compartment PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 910: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Supplement 63 Lavatory compartment Edition 1 November 16 2016 Rev 3 Page 9 63 22 Figure 9 63 3 2 2 Lavatory compartment PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 911: ...9 63 23 SECTION 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Installation and operation of Lavatory compartment do not change the basic handling servicing and maintenance procedures of the airplane described in section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance of the basic POH PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 912: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Supplement 63 Lavatory compartment Edition 1 November 16 2016 Rev 3 Page 9 63 24 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 913: ... SUPPLEMENT Stick shaker Table of contents Page 1 General 9 64 2 2 Limitations 9 64 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 64 2 4 Normal procedures 9 64 4 5 Performance 9 64 4 6 Weight and balance 9 64 4 7 Description 9 64 5 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 64 10 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 914: ...aker SECTION 2 Limitations Operation of the stick shaker does not change the limitations of the airplane described in section 2 Limitations of the basic POH SECTION 3 Emergency procedures Information hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 3 Emergency procedures of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with the stick shaker 3 9 Electrical system Fi...

Page 915: ...ing stops 3 Power as required 4 Return to the desired flight path Airplane equipped with AoA system MOD70 0423 34 AP OFF and stall warning sound NOTE Shaker will vibrate simultaneously with stall warning sound 1 Fly the airplane wings level and nose down until stall warning stops 2 Power as required 3 Return to the desired flight path USP ACTIVE 1 Do not disconnect AP 2 Increase power up to 50 min...

Page 916: ...d in section 5 Performance of the basic POH SECTION 6 Weight and balance Information hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 6 Weight and balance of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with the stick shaker S R A O Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 27 Flight controls O 0510 27...

Page 917: ...ORN TEST knob allows to test the correct operation of aural warnings Set the SOURCE selector to BAT or to GPU Set the AVIONICS MASTER switch to ON Push and hold the HORN TEST knob the VMO buzzer emits bips the loud speakers emit alternate low pitched and high pitched sounds the shaker vibrates Release the knob to stop the alarms After v15 11 GARMIN software Post MOD70 0407 00D Cockpit overhead pan...

Page 918: ...d simultaneouslyby thesame control Each controlsurface is hinged at three points to the rear part of horizontal stabilizer The control wheel controls the two elevators through rods bearings and bellcranks The stick shaker is fixed on the pitch lever linked to the pilot control column lever This is a mechanical device to vibrate the control wheel to warn the pilot in case of an imminent stall A spr...

Page 919: ... Rev 1 Page 9 64 7 Figure 7 4 3 Elevator 1 Control wheel assembly 2 Elevators 3 Lever assembly fuselage rear part 4 Elevator bellcrank 5 Rod with presseal connection 6 Lever assembly under floor 7 Pedestal assembly 8 Actuator 9 Stick shaker PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 920: ...t s Operating Handbook Supplement 64 Stick shaker Edition 1 May 29 2017 Rev 1 Page 9 64 8 7 8 Electrical system Figure 7 8 3 Partial electrical distribution of bus bars PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 921: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Supplement 64 Stick shaker Edition 1 May 29 2017 Rev 1 Page 9 64 9 Figure 7 8 4 Partial electrical distribution of bus bars PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 922: ...nspection by momentarily turning on the SOURCE selector and by manipulating the vane in the wing Before v15 11 GARMIN software Pre MOD70 0407 00D The system is operational if a continous tone low pitched sound is heard on the alarms speaker and the stick shaker simultaneously vibrates After v15 11 GARMIN software Post MOD70 0407 00D The system is operational if a stall aural warning alert is heard...

Page 923: ... SUPPLEMENT GARMIN G1000 NXi retrofit Table of contents Page 1 General 9 66 2 2 Limitations 9 66 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 66 3 4 Normal procedures 9 66 13 5 Performance 9 66 13 6 Weight and balance 9 66 13 7 Description 9 66 14 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 66 16 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 924: ...ose of the standard airplane described in section 2 Limitations of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with GARMIN G1000 NXi retrofit 2 1 General The GARMIN G1000 NXi Integrated Flight Deck Pilot s Guide No 190 02348 00 or any later version as applicable must be readily available to the pilot and permanently kept in the airplane with the POH 2 6 Operation limits GNSS GPS SBAS navigation sy...

Page 925: ...RMIN G1000 NXi retrofit Table of contents NOTE CAS MESSAGES are in alphabetical order by either Chapter Section Paragraph Advisory or Supplement Page ABORT APR 9 66 9 APR DWNGRADE 9 66 9 CARGO DOOR 9 66 4 ESP DEGRADED AOA Sup 62 Flight Envelope Protection ESP DEGRADED IAS Sup 62 Flight Envelope Protection ESP FAIL Sup 62 Flight Envelope Protection GWX FAIL 9 66 12 TCAS FAIL 9 66 10 TRAFFIC FAIL 9 ...

Page 926: ...mber 9 2017 Rev 0 Page 9 66 4 3 12 MISCELLANEOUS CARGO DOOR Indicates that front cargo door is open On ground 1 Check and close the door In flight Fly the airplane 2 Airspeed Reduce To minimum available Land as soon as practical End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 927: ...ath vertical guidance will be removed from the PFD The approach may be continued using the LNAV only minimums During any GPS approach in which both precision and non precision alarm limits are exceeded the GARMIN System will flag the lateral guidance and display ABORT APR loss of navigation Immediately upon viewing the message the unit will revert to Terminal navigation mode alarm limits If the po...

Page 928: ...ems AHRS1 or AHRS2 Autopilot AP Systems still operative Flight Director FD when engaged again Actions Autopilot is not operative 1 AHRS1 and or AHRS2 breaker Check pushed If BOTH ON AHRS1 or BOTH ON AHRS2 annunciation is associated to HDG and or PIT and or ROL annunciation s 2 Fly the airplane manually If pilot wishes 3 FD default modes Engage PIT and ROL 4 FD specific modes Engaged as desired HDG...

Page 929: ...OL go off refer to following condition If BOTH ON AHRS1 or BOTH ON AHRS2 annunciation not associated to HDG and or PIT and or ROL annunciation s 6 PFD1 and PFD2 SENSOR softkeys Press 7 AHRS1 on PFD1 and or AHRS2 on PFD2 Reset 8 BOTH ON AHRS1 or BOTH ON AHRS2 annunciation Check OFF 9 Autopilot Use normally As desired End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 930: ...erative 1 ADC 1 and or ADC 2 breaker Check pushed If BOTH ON ADC1 or BOTH ON ADC2 annunciation is associated to IAS and or ALT annunciation s 2 No action required End of procedure If all annunciations IAS ALT go off refer to following condition If BOTH ON ADC1 or BOTH ON ADC2 annunciation not associated to IAS and or ALT annunciation s 3 PFD1 and PFD2 SENSOR softkeys Press 4 ADC1 on PFD1 and or AD...

Page 931: ...Refer to chapter 4 4 of the basic POH End of procedure APR DWNGRADE Indicates vertical guidance generated by SBAS is unavailable If LNAV minimums available 1 Approach Downgrade to LNAV End of procedure If LNAV minimums not available 2 Perform procedure Go around Refer to chapter 4 4 of the basic POH 3 Inform maintenance department End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 932: ... department End of procedure If transponder 2 or transponder 1 is unavailable 4 Inform Air Traffic Control of the loss of the second XPDR 5 Leave controlled airspace 6 Continue flight 7 Inform maintenance department End of procedure Airplane equipped with GTS820 Traffic advisory system MOD70 0258 00 TCAS FAIL Indicates that Traffic advisory system is inoperative NOTE No active traffic available bu...

Page 933: ...34 or XPDR1 ADS B FAIL XPDR2 ADS B FAIL Indicates ADS B OUT function of transponder 1 or transponder 2 is inoperative Other functions may remain available Fly the airplane If transponder 2 or transponder 1 is available 1 Restore ADS B OUT function by setting transponder 2 or transponder 1 as active 2 Continue flight 3 Inform maintenance department End of procedure If transponder 2 or transponder 1...

Page 934: ...WX70 Weather radar MOD70 0394 34 GWX FAIL Indicates that GWX weather radar is inoperative NOTE No real time weather data available Fly the airplane 1 GWX breaker Check pushed 2 Continue flight by using other weather data source and adjust flight route 3 Inform maintenance department End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 935: ...TION 6 Weight and balance The weight and balance hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 6 weight and balance of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with the GARMIN G1000 NXi retrofit S R A O1 Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 34 Navigation 34 28 Electronic Flight Instrumentat...

Page 936: ...n system FS 510 if installed The airplane is equipped with a flight deck information system allowing portable electronics devices to stream data to and from the GARMIN integrated flight deck system For the system description and its utilization refer to GARMIN Pilot s Guide GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck GIFD approaches Advisory visual approaches if installed The GIFD will provide advisory visual a...

Page 937: ...ored flight plan or copied to a stored flight plan in the course of saving the active or standby flight plan CDI and VDI indications are equivalent to those of other GPS based approaches e g LPV or L VNAV The GIFD annunciates VISUAL in the HSI to indicate a visual approach is active When conducting a visual approach it is the pilot s responsibility to ensure terrain and obstacle avoidance The visu...

Page 938: ...7 Rev 1 Page 9 66 16 SECTION 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Operation of GARMIN G1000 NXi retrofit does not change the basic handling servicing and maintenance of the airplane described in section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance of the basic POH PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 939: ...67 1 SUPPLEMENT DATA COLLECTION AND TRANSMISSION SYSTEM FASTBOX TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 GENERAL 9 67 2 2 LIMITATIONS 9 67 2 3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 9 67 2 4 NORMAL PROCEDURES 9 67 2 5 PERFORMANCE 9 67 3 6 WEIGHT AND BALANCE 9 67 3 7 DESCRIPTION 9 67 4 8 HANDLING SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE 9 67 4 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 940: ... SYSTEM FASTBOX do not change the basic performance of the airplane described in Section 2 Limitations of the basic Pilot s Operating Handbook SECTION 3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Installation and operation of DATA COLLECTION AND TRANSMISSION SYSTEM FASTBOX do not change the basic performance of the airplane described in Section 3 Emergency Procedures of the basic Pilot s Operating Handbook SECTION 4 NO...

Page 941: ...andbook SECTION 6 WEIGHT AND BALANCE The weight and balance hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in Section 6 Weight and balance of the basic Pilot s Operating Handbook when the airplane is equipped with the option DATA COLLECTION AND TRANSMISSION SYSTEM FASTBOX S R A O ITEM OPT70 or MOD70 REQUIRED R OR STANDARD S OR OPTIONAL A or O EQUIPMENT WEIGHT per unit lb ...

Page 942: ...rk These data are intended to be used for maintenance and trend monitoring The data collection and transmission system records data from the GASC and data from the GIA integrated avionics unit 1 GARMIN integrated flight deck system The data collection and transmission system starts recording data as soon as the crash lever is set upwards and stops recording data when the crash lever is set downwar...

Page 943: ...1 SUPPLEMENT Baro VNAV approaches Table of contents Page 1 General 9 69 2 2 Limitations 9 69 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 69 9 4 Normal procedures 9 69 11 5 Performance 9 69 12 6 Weight and balance 9 69 12 7 Description 9 69 12 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 69 16 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 944: ...e POH G1000 900 P N 190 00709 07 Rev C or any later revision G1000 NXi retrofitted 900 P N 190 02348 00 Rev B or any later revision G1000 NXi 910 P N 190 02218 00 Rev B or any later revision 2 6 Operation limits GNSS GPS SBAS navigation equipment approvals The GARMIN GNSS navigation system installed in this airplane is a GPS system with a Satellite Based Augmentation System SBAS comprised of two T...

Page 945: ...l Class II Navigation RNAV 10 RNP 10 GNSS FDE availability must be verified prior to flight Maximum predicted FDE unavailability is 34 minutes 1 Two GNSS systems requi red to be operational 2 FAA AC 90 105A R A1 Additional com munication and surveillance equipment may be required to obtain ope rational approval to utilize RNP 10 RNAV 10 perfor mance En route continental Arrival RNAV 5 formerly des...

Page 946: ...required to obtain ope rational approval to utilize RNP 2 performance Departure Arrival RNP 1 with and without RF legs At a minimum the flight director must be displayed and utilized when conducting procedures containing RF legs FAA AC 90 105A R O2 Includes RNP terminal departure and arrival pro cedures This includes pro cedures with Radius to Fix legs RF legs Approach RNP APCH LNAV minima with an...

Page 947: ...h The two primary altimeters must be operational when flying a RNP APCH LNAV VNAV with Baro VNAV guidance EASA AMC 20 27 FAA AC 90 105A R S2 Includes area navigation approaches titled RNAV GPS and RNAV GNSS This includes pro cedures with RF legs Vertical guidance is based on GPS SBAS and or Baro VNAV RF legs may be used in the initial and intermediate legs of the approach pro cedure or thefinal le...

Page 948: ...to determine the state of the unused GPS General considerations The route planning and WFDE prediction program may be downloaded from the GARMIN website on the internet For information on using the WFDE Prediction Program refer to GARMIN WAAS FDE Prediction Program part number 190 00643 01 WFDE Prediction Program Instructions Garmin International holds an FAA Type 2 Letter of Acceptance LOA in acc...

Page 949: ...rmation to report Navigation database discrepancies can be found at www Garmin com Support Contact Garmin Support Aviation Pilots and operators can view navigation data base alerts at www Garmin com In the Air NavData Alerts RNP APCH including GPS or GPS RNAV GPS and RNAV GNSS instrument approaches using the Garmin integrated flight deck are prohibited unless the pilot verifies and uses the curren...

Page 950: ...nce provided for assistance in maintaining a constant vertical glidepath similar to an ILS glideslope on approach This guidance is displayed on the PFD in the same location as the ILS glideslope using a magenta diamond In all cases where LNAV V is indicated by the system during an approach LNAV minima shall be used Use of the GARMIN GPS SBAS receivers to provide navigation guidance during the fina...

Page 951: ...RMIN system downgrades the approach upon navigation system integrity failure during a GPS LPV LNAV VNAV This may be also indicated by an annunciation change on the HSI 1 System will automatically downgrade to LNAV VNAV or LNAV 2 Update minimums as appropriate NOTE In some cases the approach may be downgraded without APR DWNGRADE being displayed to the crew Please consider the HSI approach annuncia...

Page 952: ...ed by an annunciation change on the HSI Symptoms AP mode from GP flashing 5 seconds to PIT VDI is flagged and indicates NO GP Fly the airplane Actions If automatic downgrade to LNAV 1 Update minimums as appropriate If not Perform a go around End of procedure VDI VDI or on Approach Symptoms VDI white or VDI amber at bottom of VDI window Fly the airplane If possible 1 Use LNAV minimums If not Perfor...

Page 953: ...ilability requirements in the table 2 6 1 in section 2 GNSS GPS SBAS navigation equipment approvals depending on the planned navigation performance GPS flight plan In the active flight plan addition of aSTAR oran approachis alwaysmade atthe endof the flight plan In the scope of these additions the pilot must pay attention not to duplicate points Non precision approach with coupled autopilot Coupli...

Page 954: ... airplane is equipped with the Baro VNAV approaches capability 7 14 Miscellaneous equipment GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck GIFD approaches The purpose of this section is to provide an overview of the GIFD capabilities and operation related to GIFD Approaches Detailed descriptions as well as operating instructions of these approaches are provided in the applicable Pilot s Guide and Cockpit Reference...

Page 955: ...an an MDA Execution of an LNAV VNAV approach does not require SBAS integrity as long as a system is configured to support barometric VNAV for approach If SBAS integrity is available it will be used to provide vertical guidance During execution of a GPS approach with LNAV VNAV service levels while the aircraft is between the FAF and MAP excessive deviation indicators appear as white vertical lines ...

Page 956: ...ompensated Baro VNAV systems Outside of this temperature range LNAV VNAV minimums shall not be used with uncompensated Baro VNAV systems The GARMIN Approach Baro VNAV system is automatically temperature compensated to produce a glide path position in space such that Baro VNAV approaches are always flown at the published glide path angle when the actual temperature deviates from the ISA model This ...

Page 957: ...of both the published approach waypoint altitudes on the active flight plan page and the minimum altitude The minimum altitude selection type changes to BARO if it was previously set to TEMP COMP Temperature compensation of the minimum altitude is not dependent on use of barometric altitude for vertical guidance on the FAS and is therefore available for any type of approach in fact only the destin...

Page 958: ...in magenta If the APR DWNGRADE is not acknowledged the system will downgrade to LNAV service level LNAV shown in magenta the VDI will remain flagged NO GP and no additional downgrade system message will be generated If SBAS becomes unavailable on an RNAV LPV approach LPV will be shown in yellow but the CDI and VDI will continue to be shown At one minute to the FAF an APR DWNGRADE will be generated...

Page 959: ... Supplement Installation of the PT6A 66D Build Spec 1354 engine on the TBM 900 airplane Table of contents Page 1 General 9 77 2 2 Limitations 9 77 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 77 3 4 Normal procedures 9 77 4 5 Performance 9 77 4 6 Weight and balance 9 77 36 7 Description 9 77 37 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 77 37 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 960: ...ion in this section supplements and or replaces the information in section 2 Limitations of the standard POH when the TBM 900 airplane is equipped with the PT6A 66D Build Spec 1354 engine 2 3 Powerplant limitations Oil Normal oil pressure is 105 to 135 psi Oil pressures under 105 psi are undesirable 2 8 Markings Engine instruments Indication Red line or arc Minimum limit Yellow line or arc Caution...

Page 961: ...54 engine 3 3 Engine failures OIL PRESS or OIL PRESS Indicates that oil pressure is below 105 psi Fly the airplane Land as soon as possible 1 Oil pressure Monitor 2 TRQ Minimum necessary CAUTION Due to the oil pressure drop the propeller blade angle may go towards high pitch and therefore lead to a Np propeller rotation speed decrease If engine power decreases 3 THROTTLE CUT OFF 4 Perform procedur...

Page 962: ...dard POH when the TBM 900 airplane is equipped with the PT6A 66D Build Spec 1354 engine 5 8 Engine operation The following tables or and the optimum torque indicator must be used during normal operation of the airplane CAUTION It is the responsibility of the operator to make sure that the required version of GARMIN system software is installed prior to using the hereafter engine operation tables T...

Page 963: ... below the value corresponding to the local conditions of flight level and temperature NOTE The engine ITT limit at 840 C during continuous operation may be used in case of operational need Example for conditions FL 260 OAT 22 C the following tables give the maximum torque to be set Maximum climb power TRQ setting 83 for IAS 124 KIAS Add 0 5 of TRQ for each additional 10 KIAS on climb airspeed cf ...

Page 964: ... 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 24 22 20 18 g 16 14 12 100 10 100 8 98 6 100 96 4 99 95 2 100 98 93 0 100 95 91 2 100 98 93 88 4 100 95 90 85 6 100 97 92 87 82 8 100 94 89 85 80 10 100 97 92 87 82 78 12 99 94 89 84 80 75 14 100 97 91 86 82 77 72 16 100 98 94 88 84 79 74 18 100 95 91 86 81 76 20 100 97 92 88 83 78 22 99 94 89 85 80 24 100 96 91 86 82 26 100 98 93 88 84 28 99 94 90 85 30 96 91 87 3...

Page 965: ... 89 85 81 77 73 36 100 97 92 88 84 80 76 72 34 99 95 91 87 82 78 75 71 32 98 94 90 85 81 77 73 70 30 100 97 93 88 84 80 76 72 69 28 100 96 92 87 83 79 75 71 68 26 98 94 90 86 82 78 74 70 66 24 100 97 93 89 85 80 76 73 69 65 22 100 96 92 88 83 79 75 71 67 64 20 99 95 90 86 82 78 74 70 66 62 18 100 97 93 89 85 81 77 72 68 64 60 16 100 96 92 88 83 79 75 71 66 62 59 14 99 94 90 86 82 77 73 69 65 61 57...

Page 966: ...FL OAT 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 100 6 100 4 98 2 100 95 0 100 98 92 2 100 95 90 4 100 97 92 87 6 99 94 90 85 8 100 97 92 87 82 10 99 94 89 84 79 12 100 96 91 86 81 77 14 100 98 93 88 83 79 74 16 100 95 90 85 81 76 18 100 97 92 87 82 78 20 99 94 89 85 80 22 100 96 91 86 82 24 100 98 93 88 84 26 99 95 90 85 28 100 96 92 87 30 98 93 89 32 95 90 34 92 Figur...

Page 967: ...00 97 92 87 83 79 75 36 100 95 91 86 82 78 73 34 99 94 89 85 81 76 72 32 97 93 88 84 79 75 71 30 100 96 91 87 82 78 74 70 28 99 95 90 86 81 77 73 69 26 98 94 89 84 80 76 72 68 24 100 97 92 88 83 79 75 71 66 22 100 96 91 86 82 77 73 69 65 20 99 94 90 85 80 76 72 67 63 18 100 97 93 88 83 79 74 70 65 61 16 100 96 91 86 82 77 72 68 64 60 14 98 94 89 85 80 75 71 66 62 57 12 100 96 92 87 83 78 73 69 64 ...

Page 968: ...alid if INERT SEP ON and or BLEED HI msg ON T C Flight level FL OAT 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 2 100 4 98 6 100 95 8 98 92 10 100 95 89 12 100 97 92 87 14 99 94 89 84 16 100 97 91 86 18 99 94 88 20 100 96 91 22 98 93 24 100 95 26 100 97 28 99 30 100 32 100 34 100 Figure 9 77 4 Maximum cruise power FL 200 NOTE Refer to page 9 77 5 for general condi...

Page 969: ...94 89 85 36 98 93 88 83 34 100 96 91 86 82 32 100 95 90 85 80 30 98 93 88 84 79 28 97 92 87 82 78 26 100 95 90 85 81 76 24 99 94 89 84 79 74 22 97 92 87 82 77 72 20 100 96 90 85 80 75 70 18 99 94 88 83 78 73 68 16 100 97 92 86 81 76 71 67 14 100 95 89 84 79 74 69 64 12 98 93 87 82 77 72 67 62 10 100 96 90 85 80 74 69 64 60 8 99 93 88 82 77 72 67 62 58 6 100 96 90 85 80 74 69 65 60 4 99 93 88 82 77...

Page 970: ...100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 100 2 99 0 100 96 2 99 94 4 100 96 91 6 99 93 88 8 100 95 90 85 10 100 98 92 87 82 12 100 95 89 84 79 14 100 97 92 86 81 77 16 99 94 89 84 79 18 100 96 91 86 81 20 100 98 93 88 83 22 100 95 90 85 24 100 97 92 87 26 100 99 93 89 28 100 95 90 30 100 97 92 32 99 94 34 96 Figure 9 77 5 Normal recommended cruise power FL 200 NOTE...

Page 971: ...100 96 92 87 82 78 32 100 95 90 85 81 76 30 99 94 89 84 79 75 28 97 92 87 82 78 73 26 100 96 91 86 81 76 72 24 99 94 89 84 79 74 70 22 100 97 92 87 82 77 72 68 20 100 95 90 85 80 75 70 66 18 98 93 88 83 78 73 68 64 16 100 96 91 86 81 76 71 66 61 14 99 94 89 84 79 73 68 63 59 12 100 97 92 87 81 76 71 66 61 57 10 100 95 89 84 78 73 68 64 59 55 8 100 97 92 86 81 76 71 66 62 57 53 6 100 94 89 84 79 74...

Page 972: ...ion of the PT6A 66D Build Spec 1354 engine on the TBM 900 airplane Edition 0 April 15 2021 Rev 0 Page 9 77 14 5 11 Cruise performance Maximum cruise 7100 lbs 6300 lbs Figure 9 77 6 Cruise performance Maximum cruise PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 973: ...34 247 10000 24 100 278 218 73 3 230 262 230 261 229 260 15000 34 100 265 208 70 1 226 276 225 275 224 275 18000 40 100 256 201 67 7 223 285 222 285 221 284 20000 44 100 251 197 66 2 221 292 220 291 219 290 21000 46 100 248 195 65 6 220 295 219 294 218 293 22000 48 100 246 193 65 0 219 299 218 298 217 296 23000 50 100 244 192 64 5 218 302 217 301 216 300 24000 52 100 243 190 64 1 217 306 216 304 2...

Page 974: ...33 250 10000 14 100 281 220 74 2 229 265 228 265 228 264 15000 24 100 268 210 70 8 224 280 223 279 222 278 18000 30 100 259 203 68 4 221 289 220 288 219 287 20000 34 100 253 199 66 9 219 296 218 295 217 294 21000 36 100 251 197 66 2 218 299 217 298 216 297 22000 38 100 249 195 65 7 217 303 216 302 215 300 23000 40 100 247 194 65 1 216 306 215 305 214 304 24000 42 100 245 192 64 7 215 310 214 309 2...

Page 975: ... 232 252 10000 9 100 282 221 74 5 228 267 227 266 227 265 15000 19 100 269 211 71 2 223 282 222 281 222 280 18000 25 100 260 204 68 7 220 291 219 290 218 289 20000 29 100 254 200 67 2 218 298 217 297 216 296 21000 31 100 252 198 66 5 217 301 216 300 215 299 22000 33 100 250 196 66 0 216 305 215 304 214 302 23000 35 100 248 195 65 5 215 308 214 307 213 306 24000 37 100 246 193 65 0 214 312 213 311 ...

Page 976: ... 231 253 10000 4 100 284 223 74 9 227 268 227 268 226 267 15000 14 100 271 213 71 5 222 283 222 283 221 282 18000 20 100 261 205 69 0 219 293 219 292 218 291 20000 24 100 256 201 67 6 217 300 216 299 215 297 21000 26 100 253 199 66 9 216 303 215 302 214 301 22000 28 100 251 197 66 3 215 307 214 306 213 304 23000 30 100 249 195 65 8 214 310 213 309 212 308 24000 32 100 247 194 65 3 213 314 212 313 ...

Page 977: ...6 230 255 10000 1 100 285 224 75 3 226 270 226 269 225 269 15000 9 100 272 214 72 0 221 285 221 284 220 283 18000 15 100 263 206 69 4 218 295 218 294 217 293 20000 19 100 257 202 67 9 216 302 216 301 215 299 21000 21 100 254 200 67 2 215 305 215 304 213 303 22000 23 100 252 198 66 6 214 309 214 308 212 306 23000 25 100 250 196 66 1 213 312 213 311 211 309 24000 27 100 248 195 65 7 212 316 212 315 ...

Page 978: ...57 230 256 10000 6 100 287 225 75 7 226 272 225 271 224 270 15000 4 100 274 215 72 3 221 287 220 286 219 285 18000 10 100 264 207 69 7 218 297 217 296 216 294 20000 14 100 258 203 68 3 216 303 215 302 214 301 21000 16 100 256 201 67 6 215 307 214 306 213 304 22000 18 100 254 199 67 0 214 311 213 309 211 308 23000 20 100 252 197 66 5 212 314 212 313 210 311 24000 22 100 250 196 66 0 212 318 211 317...

Page 979: ...9 260 228 259 10000 16 100 290 227 76 5 224 275 224 274 223 273 15000 6 100 276 217 73 0 219 290 218 289 217 288 18000 0 100 266 209 70 4 216 300 215 299 214 298 20000 4 100 261 205 69 0 214 307 213 306 212 304 21000 6 100 258 203 68 3 213 311 212 309 211 308 22000 8 100 256 201 67 6 212 314 211 313 210 311 23000 10 100 254 200 67 1 211 318 210 317 209 315 24000 12 98 246 193 65 0 208 319 206 317 ...

Page 980: ...llation of the PT6A 66D Build Spec 1354 engine on the TBM 900 airplane Edition 0 April 15 2021 Rev 0 Page 9 77 22 Normal cruise Recommended 7100 lbs 6300 lbs Figure 9 77 14 Cruise performance Recommended cruise PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 981: ...5 248 234 247 10000 24 100 278 218 73 3 230 262 230 261 229 260 15000 34 100 265 208 70 1 226 276 225 275 224 275 18000 40 100 256 201 67 7 223 285 222 285 221 284 20000 44 100 251 197 66 2 221 292 220 291 219 290 21000 46 100 248 195 65 6 220 295 219 294 218 293 22000 48 100 246 193 65 0 219 299 218 298 217 296 23000 50 100 244 192 64 5 218 302 217 301 216 300 24000 52 100 243 190 64 1 217 306 21...

Page 982: ...3 251 233 250 10000 14 100 281 220 74 2 229 265 228 265 228 264 15000 24 100 268 210 70 8 224 280 223 279 222 278 18000 30 100 259 203 68 4 221 289 220 288 219 287 20000 34 100 253 199 66 9 219 296 218 295 217 294 21000 36 100 251 197 66 2 218 299 217 298 216 297 22000 38 100 249 195 65 7 217 303 216 302 215 300 23000 40 100 247 194 65 1 216 306 215 305 214 304 24000 42 100 245 192 64 7 215 310 21...

Page 983: ...232 253 232 252 10000 9 100 282 221 74 5 228 267 227 266 227 265 15000 19 100 269 211 71 2 223 282 222 281 222 280 18000 25 100 260 204 68 7 220 291 219 290 218 289 20000 29 100 254 200 67 2 218 298 217 297 216 296 21000 31 100 252 198 66 5 217 301 216 300 215 299 22000 33 100 250 196 66 0 216 305 215 304 214 302 23000 35 100 248 195 65 5 215 308 214 307 213 306 24000 37 100 246 193 65 0 214 312 2...

Page 984: ... 232 254 231 253 10000 4 100 284 223 74 9 227 268 227 268 226 267 15000 14 100 271 213 71 5 222 283 222 283 221 282 18000 20 100 261 205 69 0 219 293 219 292 218 291 20000 24 100 256 201 67 6 217 300 216 299 215 297 21000 26 100 253 199 66 9 216 303 215 302 214 301 22000 28 100 251 197 66 3 215 307 214 306 213 304 23000 30 100 249 195 65 8 214 310 213 309 212 308 24000 32 100 247 194 65 3 213 314 ...

Page 985: ...6 231 256 230 255 10000 1 100 285 224 75 3 226 270 226 269 225 269 15000 9 100 272 214 72 0 221 285 221 284 220 283 18000 15 100 263 206 69 4 218 295 218 294 217 293 20000 19 100 257 202 67 9 216 302 216 301 215 299 21000 21 100 254 200 67 2 215 305 215 304 213 303 22000 23 100 252 198 66 6 214 309 214 308 212 306 23000 25 100 250 196 66 1 213 312 213 311 211 309 24000 27 100 248 195 65 7 212 316 ...

Page 986: ...58 230 257 230 256 10000 6 100 287 225 75 7 226 272 225 271 224 270 15000 4 100 274 215 72 3 221 287 220 286 219 285 18000 10 100 264 207 69 7 218 297 217 296 216 294 20000 14 100 258 203 68 3 216 303 215 302 214 301 21000 16 100 256 201 67 6 215 307 214 306 213 304 22000 18 100 254 199 67 0 214 311 213 309 211 308 23000 20 100 252 197 66 5 212 314 212 313 210 311 24000 22 100 250 196 66 0 212 318...

Page 987: ...9 261 229 260 228 259 10000 16 100 290 227 76 5 224 275 224 274 223 273 15000 6 100 276 217 73 0 219 290 218 289 217 288 18000 0 100 266 209 70 4 216 300 215 299 214 298 20000 4 100 261 205 69 0 214 307 213 306 212 304 21000 6 100 256 201 67 6 212 309 211 308 210 306 22000 8 97 248 195 65 6 209 310 208 309 206 307 23000 10 95 241 189 63 7 206 311 205 309 203 307 24000 12 92 234 184 61 8 203 311 20...

Page 988: ...8 203 119 205 19000 39 42 149 32 148 22 147 12 145 2 143 37 4 37 9 38 4 38 7 38 9 111 196 113 199 114 202 115 203 116 204 20000 39 44 150 34 148 24 147 14 146 4 144 37 0 37 3 37 9 38 4 38 7 110 201 111 202 112 205 114 208 115 209 21000 39 46 148 36 147 26 146 16 145 6 144 36 0 36 6 37 1 37 6 38 2 107 201 109 204 110 207 112 210 113 213 22000 39 48 147 38 146 28 145 18 143 8 142 35 3 35 8 36 4 36 6...

Page 989: ...223 106 225 26 000 43 56 151 46 150 36 148 26 146 16 145 34 6 35 1 35 4 35 6 36 2 103 223 104 226 105 228 106 230 108 233 27 000 45 57 152 47 151 37 150 27 148 17 147 34 6 35 1 35 7 36 0 36 5 103 228 104 232 106 235 107 237 108 241 28 000 46 59 153 49 152 39 151 29 149 19 147 34 5 35 1 35 7 36 0 36 3 103 233 104 237 106 241 107 243 108 245 29 000 46 61 153 51 151 41 150 31 148 21 146 34 3 34 6 35 ...

Page 990: ...207 125 209 19 000 43 42 156 32 154 22 152 12 151 2 150 40 0 40 3 40 7 41 3 41 9 119 205 120 207 121 209 123 211 124 214 20 000 43 44 154 34 153 24 151 14 150 4 149 38 9 39 5 39 9 40 5 41 1 116 206 117 209 118 211 120 214 122 216 21 000 44 46 153 36 152 26 151 16 150 6 149 38 2 38 7 39 4 39 9 40 6 113 208 115 211 117 214 119 217 121 220 22 000 44 48 152 38 151 28 150 18 149 8 148 37 4 38 0 38 6 39...

Page 991: ...225 111 226 26 000 45 56 152 46 150 36 148 26 147 16 146 35 9 36 2 36 6 37 2 37 8 107 224 108 226 109 228 111 232 112 235 27 000 47 57 154 47 152 37 150 27 148 17 147 36 2 36 5 36 9 37 2 37 8 107 231 108 233 109 235 111 237 112 241 28 000 49 59 156 49 154 39 152 29 151 19 149 36 5 36 8 37 2 37 8 38 2 108 238 109 240 111 243 112 246 113 248 29 000 49 61 155 51 153 41 151 31 149 21 147 36 1 36 4 36 ...

Page 992: ...217 135 220 19 000 49 42 160 32 159 22 158 12 157 2 156 42 0 42 6 43 3 44 0 44 6 125 210 127 213 129 217 131 219 133 222 20 000 49 44 160 34 159 24 157 14 156 4 155 41 4 42 1 42 5 43 2 43 9 123 214 125 217 126 219 128 222 130 225 21 000 49 46 158 36 157 26 156 16 155 6 154 40 4 41 1 41 8 42 4 43 1 120 214 122 218 124 221 126 224 128 227 22 000 49 48 157 38 156 28 155 18 153 8 152 39 8 40 4 41 0 41...

Page 993: ...231 118 232 26 000 51 56 153 46 151 36 150 26 149 16 148 37 4 37 9 38 5 39 2 39 8 111 226 113 228 114 231 117 235 118 238 27 000 52 57 155 47 153 37 151 27 149 17 148 37 7 38 1 38 5 39 0 39 6 112 232 113 235 114 237 116 239 118 242 28 000 53 59 157 49 154 39 152 29 150 19 149 38 1 38 2 38 7 39 1 39 8 113 239 114 240 115 243 116 245 118 248 29 000 53 61 156 51 154 41 152 31 150 21 148 37 7 38 1 38 ...

Page 994: ...nce of the standard POH when the TBM 900 airplane is equipped with the PT6A 66D Build Spec 1354 engine S R A O Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 72 Engine O 0440 72 Torque piston 77 Engine indicating O 0328 77 Torque transducer APTE 438 1000 75D 0 473 0 215 54 84 1 393 79 Lubrication 79 30 Indicating O 0327 79C Oil pressure tra...

Page 995: ...s equipped with the PT6A 66D Build Spec 1354 engine 7 6 Powerplant Engine accessories Torque limiter Torque limiter is located on right side of the reduction gearbox It is rated to limit engine torque to 109 110 at sea level Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Installation of the PT6A 66D Build Spec 1354 engine on the TBM 900 airplane does not change the handling servicing and maintenance...

Page 996: ...erating Handbook Supplement 77 Installation of the PT6A 66D Build Spec 1354 engine on the TBM 900 airplane Edition 0 April 15 2021 Rev 0 Page 9 77 38 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for TBM 900

Cessna 162 SKYLANE Pilot'S Operating Handbook And Flight Training Supplement preview
162 SKYLANE
Brand: Cessna Pages: 242
Hacker RC-FLAIR 4.5 Manual preview
RC-FLAIR 4.5
Brand: Hacker Pages: 16
SKY PARAGLIDERS Fides 26 Manual preview
Fides 26
Brand: SKY PARAGLIDERS Pages: 32
Ocean Rodeo FLITE Manual preview
FLITE
Brand: Ocean Rodeo Pages: 11
Ozone APEX V1 Quick Setup Manual preview
APEX V1
Brand: Ozone Pages: 2
DG Flugzeugbau DG-1000T Maintenance Manual preview
DG-1000T
Brand: DG Flugzeugbau Pages: 10
Skywalk SALSA 110 Manual preview
SALSA 110
Brand: Skywalk Pages: 12
Maxford USA HUGHES H-1 Instruction Manual preview
HUGHES H-1
Brand: Maxford USA Pages: 13
LittleCloud Puffin 10 Manual preview
Puffin 10
Brand: LittleCloud Pages: 6
LittleCloud Gyps 22 Manual preview
Gyps 22
Brand: LittleCloud Pages: 8
CELIER AVIATION Xenon 2 RST Service Manual preview
Xenon 2 RST
Brand: CELIER AVIATION Pages: 79
BRM BRISTELL ELSA Operation Instructions Manual preview
BRISTELL ELSA
Brand: BRM Pages: 116
BRM Aero BRISTELL B23 Flight Manual preview
BRISTELL B23
Brand: BRM Aero Pages: 166

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands